4 * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5 * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6 * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
8 * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9 * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11 * and limitations under the License.
13 * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14 * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15 * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16 * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17 * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
23 * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24 * Copyright (c) 2011, 2020 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
25 * Copyright (c) 2018, Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
26 * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
27 * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
28 * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com]
29 * Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
30 * Copyright (c) 2016 Actifio, Inc. All rights reserved.
31 * Copyright 2018 Joyent, Inc.
32 * Copyright (c) 2017, 2019, Datto Inc. All rights reserved.
33 * Copyright 2017 Joyent, Inc.
34 * Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation.
38 * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
40 * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
41 * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
45 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
46 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
47 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
49 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
51 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
55 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
56 #include <sys/vdev_removal.h>
57 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_mapping.h>
58 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_births.h>
59 #include <sys/vdev_initialize.h>
60 #include <sys/vdev_rebuild.h>
61 #include <sys/vdev_trim.h>
62 #include <sys/vdev_disk.h>
63 #include <sys/vdev_draid.h>
64 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
65 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
67 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
70 #include <sys/bpobj.h>
71 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
72 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
73 #include <sys/unique.h>
74 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
75 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
76 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
77 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
78 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
79 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
81 #include <sys/callb.h>
82 #include <sys/systeminfo.h>
83 #include <sys/spa_boot.h>
84 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
85 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
86 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
87 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
91 #include <sys/fm/protocol.h>
92 #include <sys/fm/util.h>
93 #include <sys/callb.h>
95 #include <sys/vmsystm.h>
99 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
102 * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
105 int zfs_ccw_retry_interval
= 300;
107 typedef enum zti_modes
{
108 ZTI_MODE_FIXED
, /* value is # of threads (min 1) */
109 ZTI_MODE_BATCH
, /* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
110 ZTI_MODE_NULL
, /* don't create a taskq */
114 #define ZTI_P(n, q) { ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
115 #define ZTI_PCT(n) { ZTI_MODE_ONLINE_PERCENT, (n), 1 }
116 #define ZTI_BATCH { ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
117 #define ZTI_NULL { ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
119 #define ZTI_N(n) ZTI_P(n, 1)
120 #define ZTI_ONE ZTI_N(1)
122 typedef struct zio_taskq_info
{
123 zti_modes_t zti_mode
;
128 static const char *const zio_taskq_types
[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
] = {
129 "iss", "iss_h", "int", "int_h"
133 * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
134 * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
135 * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
136 * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
137 * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
138 * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
139 * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a
140 * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
141 * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
142 * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
143 * particular taskq is chosen at random.
145 * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
146 * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
147 * need to be handled with minimum delay.
149 const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs
[ZIO_TYPES
][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
] = {
150 /* ISSUE ISSUE_HIGH INTR INTR_HIGH */
151 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* NULL */
152 { ZTI_N(8), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_NULL
}, /* READ */
153 { ZTI_BATCH
, ZTI_N(5), ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
154 { ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* FREE */
155 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* CLAIM */
156 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* IOCTL */
157 { ZTI_N(4), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* TRIM */
160 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
);
161 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
);
162 static boolean_t
spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t
*spa
);
163 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
);
164 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t
*spa
);
166 uint_t zio_taskq_batch_pct
= 75; /* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
167 boolean_t zio_taskq_sysdc
= B_TRUE
; /* use SDC scheduling class */
168 uint_t zio_taskq_basedc
= 80; /* base duty cycle */
170 boolean_t spa_create_process
= B_TRUE
; /* no process ==> no sysdc */
173 * Report any spa_load_verify errors found, but do not fail spa_load.
174 * This is used by zdb to analyze non-idle pools.
176 boolean_t spa_load_verify_dryrun
= B_FALSE
;
179 * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
180 * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
182 #define TRYIMPORT_NAME "$import"
185 * For debugging purposes: print out vdev tree during pool import.
187 int spa_load_print_vdev_tree
= B_FALSE
;
190 * A non-zero value for zfs_max_missing_tvds means that we allow importing
191 * pools with missing top-level vdevs. This is strictly intended for advanced
192 * pool recovery cases since missing data is almost inevitable. Pools with
193 * missing devices can only be imported read-only for safety reasons, and their
194 * fail-mode will be automatically set to "continue".
196 * With 1 missing vdev we should be able to import the pool and mount all
197 * datasets. User data that was not modified after the missing device has been
198 * added should be recoverable. This means that snapshots created prior to the
199 * addition of that device should be completely intact.
201 * With 2 missing vdevs, some datasets may fail to mount since there are
202 * dataset statistics that are stored as regular metadata. Some data might be
203 * recoverable if those vdevs were added recently.
205 * With 3 or more missing vdevs, the pool is severely damaged and MOS entries
206 * may be missing entirely. Chances of data recovery are very low. Note that
207 * there are also risks of performing an inadvertent rewind as we might be
208 * missing all the vdevs with the latest uberblocks.
210 unsigned long zfs_max_missing_tvds
= 0;
213 * The parameters below are similar to zfs_max_missing_tvds but are only
214 * intended for a preliminary open of the pool with an untrusted config which
215 * might be incomplete or out-dated.
217 * We are more tolerant for pools opened from a cachefile since we could have
218 * an out-dated cachefile where a device removal was not registered.
219 * We could have set the limit arbitrarily high but in the case where devices
220 * are really missing we would want to return the proper error codes; we chose
221 * SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1 so that some copies of the MOS would still be available
222 * and we get a chance to retrieve the trusted config.
224 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile
= SPA_DVAS_PER_BP
- 1;
227 * In the case where config was assembled by scanning device paths (/dev/dsks
228 * by default) we are less tolerant since all the existing devices should have
229 * been detected and we want spa_load to return the right error codes.
231 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan
= 0;
234 * Debugging aid that pauses spa_sync() towards the end.
236 boolean_t zfs_pause_spa_sync
= B_FALSE
;
239 * Variables to indicate the livelist condense zthr func should wait at certain
240 * points for the livelist to be removed - used to test condense/destroy races
242 int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause
= 0;
243 int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause
= 0;
246 * Variables to track whether or not condense cancellation has been
247 * triggered in testing.
249 int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel
= 0;
250 int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel
= 0;
253 * Variable to track whether or not extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a
254 * livelist entry while it was being condensed (caused by the way we track
255 * remapped blkptrs in dbuf_remap_impl)
257 int zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc
= 0;
260 * ==========================================================================
261 * SPA properties routines
262 * ==========================================================================
266 * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
269 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t
*nvl
, zpool_prop_t prop
, char *strval
,
270 uint64_t intval
, zprop_source_t src
)
272 const char *propname
= zpool_prop_to_name(prop
);
275 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
276 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval
, ZPROP_SOURCE
, src
) == 0);
279 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval
, ZPROP_VALUE
, strval
) == 0);
281 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval
, ZPROP_VALUE
, intval
) == 0);
283 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl
, propname
, propval
) == 0);
284 nvlist_free(propval
);
288 * Get property values from the spa configuration.
291 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
**nvp
)
293 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
294 dsl_pool_t
*pool
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
295 uint64_t size
, alloc
, cap
, version
;
296 const zprop_source_t src
= ZPROP_SRC_NONE
;
297 spa_config_dirent_t
*dp
;
298 metaslab_class_t
*mc
= spa_normal_class(spa
);
300 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_props_lock
));
303 alloc
= metaslab_class_get_alloc(mc
);
304 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_special_class(spa
));
305 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
307 size
= metaslab_class_get_space(mc
);
308 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
309 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
311 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME
, spa_name(spa
), 0, src
);
312 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE
, NULL
, size
, src
);
313 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED
, NULL
, alloc
, src
);
314 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE
, NULL
,
316 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CHECKPOINT
, NULL
,
317 spa
->spa_checkpoint_info
.sci_dspace
, src
);
319 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION
, NULL
,
320 metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc
), src
);
321 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ
, NULL
,
322 metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc
), src
);
323 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
, NULL
,
324 (spa_mode(spa
) == SPA_MODE_READ
), src
);
326 cap
= (size
== 0) ? 0 : (alloc
* 100 / size
);
327 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY
, NULL
, cap
, src
);
329 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO
, NULL
,
330 ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa
), src
);
332 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH
, NULL
,
333 rvd
->vdev_state
, src
);
335 version
= spa_version(spa
);
336 if (version
== zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
)) {
337 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
, NULL
,
338 version
, ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT
);
340 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
, NULL
,
341 version
, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
343 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LOAD_GUID
,
344 NULL
, spa_load_guid(spa
), src
);
349 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
350 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
352 if (pool
->dp_free_dir
!= NULL
) {
353 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING
, NULL
,
354 dsl_dir_phys(pool
->dp_free_dir
)->dd_used_bytes
,
357 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING
,
361 if (pool
->dp_leak_dir
!= NULL
) {
362 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED
, NULL
,
363 dsl_dir_phys(pool
->dp_leak_dir
)->dd_used_bytes
,
366 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED
,
371 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID
, NULL
, spa_guid(spa
), src
);
373 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
) {
374 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
, spa
->spa_comment
,
378 if (spa
->spa_root
!= NULL
)
379 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
, spa
->spa_root
,
382 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS
)) {
383 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, NULL
,
384 MIN(zfs_max_recordsize
, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE
), ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
386 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, NULL
,
387 SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
390 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE
)) {
391 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE
, NULL
,
392 DNODE_MAX_SIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
394 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE
, NULL
,
395 DNODE_MIN_SIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
398 if ((dp
= list_head(&spa
->spa_config_list
)) != NULL
) {
399 if (dp
->scd_path
== NULL
) {
400 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
,
401 "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
402 } else if (strcmp(dp
->scd_path
, spa_config_path
) != 0) {
403 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
,
404 dp
->scd_path
, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
410 * Get zpool property values.
413 spa_prop_get(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
**nvp
)
415 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
421 err
= nvlist_alloc(nvp
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
);
425 dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
426 dsl_pool_config_enter(dp
, FTAG
);
427 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
430 * Get properties from the spa config.
432 spa_prop_get_config(spa
, nvp
);
434 /* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
435 if (mos
== NULL
|| spa
->spa_pool_props_object
== 0)
439 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
441 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, mos
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
);
442 (err
= zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
)) == 0;
443 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
446 zprop_source_t src
= ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT
;
449 if ((prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(za
.za_name
)) == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
)
452 switch (za
.za_integer_length
) {
454 /* integer property */
455 if (za
.za_first_integer
!=
456 zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop
))
457 src
= ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
;
459 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
) {
460 dsl_dataset_t
*ds
= NULL
;
462 err
= dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp
,
463 za
.za_first_integer
, FTAG
, &ds
);
467 strval
= kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
,
469 dsl_dataset_name(ds
, strval
);
470 dsl_dataset_rele(ds
, FTAG
);
473 intval
= za
.za_first_integer
;
476 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, prop
, strval
, intval
, src
);
479 kmem_free(strval
, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
);
484 /* string property */
485 strval
= kmem_alloc(za
.za_num_integers
, KM_SLEEP
);
486 err
= zap_lookup(mos
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
487 za
.za_name
, 1, za
.za_num_integers
, strval
);
489 kmem_free(strval
, za
.za_num_integers
);
492 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, prop
, strval
, 0, src
);
493 kmem_free(strval
, za
.za_num_integers
);
500 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
502 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
503 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp
, FTAG
);
504 if (err
&& err
!= ENOENT
) {
514 * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
515 * for the property values to be set.
518 spa_prop_validate(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*props
)
521 int error
= 0, reset_bootfs
= 0;
523 boolean_t has_feature
= B_FALSE
;
526 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, elem
)) != NULL
) {
528 char *strval
, *slash
, *check
, *fname
;
529 const char *propname
= nvpair_name(elem
);
530 zpool_prop_t prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(propname
);
533 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
:
534 if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname
)) {
535 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
540 * Sanitize the input.
542 if (nvpair_type(elem
) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64
) {
543 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
547 if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
) != 0) {
548 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
553 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
557 fname
= strchr(propname
, '@') + 1;
558 if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname
, NULL
) != 0) {
559 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
563 has_feature
= B_TRUE
;
566 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
:
567 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
569 (intval
< spa_version(spa
) ||
570 intval
> SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES
||
572 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
575 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
:
576 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE
:
577 case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS
:
578 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
:
579 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
:
580 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
581 if (!error
&& intval
> 1)
582 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
585 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
:
586 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
587 if (!error
&& intval
> 1)
588 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
591 uint32_t hostid
= zone_get_hostid(NULL
);
593 spa
->spa_hostid
= hostid
;
595 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
600 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
:
602 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
603 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
604 * the bootfs property cannot be set.
606 if (spa_version(spa
) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS
) {
607 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
612 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
614 if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) {
615 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
621 error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
);
626 if (strval
== NULL
|| strval
[0] == '\0') {
627 objnum
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(
632 error
= dmu_objset_hold(strval
, FTAG
, &os
);
637 if (dmu_objset_type(os
) != DMU_OST_ZFS
) {
638 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
640 objnum
= dmu_objset_id(os
);
642 dmu_objset_rele(os
, FTAG
);
646 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
:
647 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
648 if (!error
&& intval
> ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC
)
649 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
652 * This is a special case which only occurs when
653 * the pool has completely failed. This allows
654 * the user to change the in-core failmode property
655 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
656 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
657 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
658 * into thinking we encountered a property validation
661 if (!error
&& spa_suspended(spa
)) {
662 spa
->spa_failmode
= intval
;
663 error
= SET_ERROR(EIO
);
667 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
:
668 if ((error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
)) != 0)
671 if (strval
[0] == '\0')
674 if (strcmp(strval
, "none") == 0)
677 if (strval
[0] != '/') {
678 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
682 slash
= strrchr(strval
, '/');
683 ASSERT(slash
!= NULL
);
685 if (slash
[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash
, "/.") == 0 ||
686 strcmp(slash
, "/..") == 0)
687 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
690 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
:
691 if ((error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
)) != 0)
693 for (check
= strval
; *check
!= '\0'; check
++) {
694 if (!isprint(*check
)) {
695 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
699 if (strlen(strval
) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT
)
700 error
= SET_ERROR(E2BIG
);
711 (void) nvlist_remove_all(props
,
712 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO
));
714 if (!error
&& reset_bootfs
) {
715 error
= nvlist_remove(props
,
716 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), DATA_TYPE_STRING
);
719 error
= nvlist_add_uint64(props
,
720 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), objnum
);
728 spa_configfile_set(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvp
, boolean_t need_sync
)
731 spa_config_dirent_t
*dp
;
733 if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp
, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
),
737 dp
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t
),
740 if (cachefile
[0] == '\0')
741 dp
->scd_path
= spa_strdup(spa_config_path
);
742 else if (strcmp(cachefile
, "none") == 0)
745 dp
->scd_path
= spa_strdup(cachefile
);
747 list_insert_head(&spa
->spa_config_list
, dp
);
749 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
753 spa_prop_set(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvp
)
756 nvpair_t
*elem
= NULL
;
757 boolean_t need_sync
= B_FALSE
;
759 if ((error
= spa_prop_validate(spa
, nvp
)) != 0)
762 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp
, elem
)) != NULL
) {
763 zpool_prop_t prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem
));
765 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
||
766 prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
||
767 prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
)
770 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
|| prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
) {
773 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
) {
774 VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &ver
) == 0);
776 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
)));
777 ver
= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
;
781 /* Save time if the version is already set. */
782 if (ver
== spa_version(spa
))
786 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
787 * create the pool properties object, the features for
788 * read object, the features for write object, or the
789 * feature descriptions object.
791 error
= dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, NULL
,
792 spa_sync_version
, &ver
,
793 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
);
804 return (dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, NULL
, spa_sync_props
,
805 nvp
, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
));
812 * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
815 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t dsobj
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
817 if (spa
->spa_bootfs
== dsobj
&& spa
->spa_pool_props_object
!= 0) {
818 VERIFY(zap_remove(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
819 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
820 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), tx
) == 0);
827 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
829 uint64_t *newguid __maybe_unused
= arg
;
830 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
831 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
834 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
835 int error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
836 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
837 return (SET_ERROR(error
));
840 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
841 vdev_state
= rvd
->vdev_state
;
842 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
844 if (vdev_state
!= VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY
)
845 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
847 ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa
), !=, *newguid
);
853 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
855 uint64_t *newguid
= arg
;
856 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
858 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
860 oldguid
= spa_guid(spa
);
862 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
863 rvd
->vdev_guid
= *newguid
;
864 rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
+= (*newguid
- oldguid
);
865 vdev_config_dirty(rvd
);
866 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
868 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "guid change", tx
, "old=%llu new=%llu",
869 (u_longlong_t
)oldguid
, (u_longlong_t
)*newguid
);
873 * Change the GUID for the pool. This is done so that we can later
874 * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs. We will modify
875 * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
876 * vdevs dirty. Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
877 * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
878 * would be orphaned from our pool. We are also going to issue a
879 * sysevent to update any watchers.
882 spa_change_guid(spa_t
*spa
)
887 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_vdev_top_lock
);
888 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
889 guid
= spa_generate_guid(NULL
);
891 error
= dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, spa_change_guid_check
,
892 spa_change_guid_sync
, &guid
, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
);
895 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
896 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID
);
899 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
900 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_vdev_top_lock
);
906 * ==========================================================================
907 * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
908 * ==========================================================================
912 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a
, const void *b
)
914 const spa_error_entry_t
*sa
= (const spa_error_entry_t
*)a
;
915 const spa_error_entry_t
*sb
= (const spa_error_entry_t
*)b
;
918 ret
= memcmp(&sa
->se_bookmark
, &sb
->se_bookmark
,
919 sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t
));
921 return (TREE_ISIGN(ret
));
925 * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
926 * re-initializes them in the process.
929 spa_get_errlists(spa_t
*spa
, avl_tree_t
*last
, avl_tree_t
*scrub
)
931 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_errlist_lock
));
933 bcopy(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
, last
, sizeof (avl_tree_t
));
934 bcopy(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
, scrub
, sizeof (avl_tree_t
));
936 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
,
937 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
938 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
939 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
,
940 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
941 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
945 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
)
947 const zio_taskq_info_t
*ztip
= &zio_taskqs
[t
][q
];
948 enum zti_modes mode
= ztip
->zti_mode
;
949 uint_t value
= ztip
->zti_value
;
950 uint_t count
= ztip
->zti_count
;
951 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
953 boolean_t batch
= B_FALSE
;
955 if (mode
== ZTI_MODE_NULL
) {
957 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= NULL
;
961 ASSERT3U(count
, >, 0);
963 tqs
->stqs_count
= count
;
964 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= kmem_alloc(count
* sizeof (taskq_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
968 ASSERT3U(value
, >=, 1);
969 value
= MAX(value
, 1);
970 flags
|= TASKQ_DYNAMIC
;
975 flags
|= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
;
976 value
= MIN(zio_taskq_batch_pct
, 100);
980 panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
982 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
], mode
, value
);
986 for (uint_t i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++) {
990 (void) snprintf(name
, sizeof (name
), "%s_%s",
991 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
]);
993 if (zio_taskq_sysdc
&& spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
) {
995 flags
|= TASKQ_DC_BATCH
;
997 tq
= taskq_create_sysdc(name
, value
, 50, INT_MAX
,
998 spa
->spa_proc
, zio_taskq_basedc
, flags
);
1000 pri_t pri
= maxclsyspri
;
1002 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
1003 * intensive. Run it at slightly less important
1004 * priority than the other taskqs.
1006 * Under Linux and FreeBSD this means incrementing
1007 * the priority value as opposed to platforms like
1008 * illumos where it should be decremented.
1010 * On FreeBSD, if priorities divided by four (RQ_PPQ)
1011 * are equal then a difference between them is
1014 if (t
== ZIO_TYPE_WRITE
&& q
== ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE
) {
1015 #if defined(__linux__)
1017 #elif defined(__FreeBSD__)
1023 tq
= taskq_create_proc(name
, value
, pri
, 50,
1024 INT_MAX
, spa
->spa_proc
, flags
);
1027 tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
] = tq
;
1032 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
)
1034 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1036 if (tqs
->stqs_taskq
== NULL
) {
1037 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, ==, 0);
1041 for (uint_t i
= 0; i
< tqs
->stqs_count
; i
++) {
1042 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
], !=, NULL
);
1043 taskq_destroy(tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
]);
1046 kmem_free(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, tqs
->stqs_count
* sizeof (taskq_t
*));
1047 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= NULL
;
1051 * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
1052 * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
1053 * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
1054 * the low bits of gethrtime().
1057 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
,
1058 task_func_t
*func
, void *arg
, uint_t flags
, taskq_ent_t
*ent
)
1060 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1063 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, !=, NULL
);
1064 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, !=, 0);
1066 if (tqs
->stqs_count
== 1) {
1067 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[0];
1069 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs
->stqs_count
];
1072 taskq_dispatch_ent(tq
, func
, arg
, flags
, ent
);
1076 * Same as spa_taskq_dispatch_ent() but block on the task until completion.
1079 spa_taskq_dispatch_sync(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
,
1080 task_func_t
*func
, void *arg
, uint_t flags
)
1082 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1086 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, !=, NULL
);
1087 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, !=, 0);
1089 if (tqs
->stqs_count
== 1) {
1090 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[0];
1092 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs
->stqs_count
];
1095 id
= taskq_dispatch(tq
, func
, arg
, flags
);
1097 taskq_wait_id(tq
, id
);
1101 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t
*spa
)
1103 for (int t
= 0; t
< ZIO_TYPES
; t
++) {
1104 for (int q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1105 spa_taskqs_init(spa
, t
, q
);
1111 * Disabled until spa_thread() can be adapted for Linux.
1113 #undef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
1115 #if defined(_KERNEL) && defined(HAVE_SPA_THREAD)
1117 spa_thread(void *arg
)
1119 psetid_t zio_taskq_psrset_bind
= PS_NONE
;
1120 callb_cpr_t cprinfo
;
1123 user_t
*pu
= PTOU(curproc
);
1125 CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
, callb_generic_cpr
,
1128 ASSERT(curproc
!= &p0
);
1129 (void) snprintf(pu
->u_psargs
, sizeof (pu
->u_psargs
),
1130 "zpool-%s", spa
->spa_name
);
1131 (void) strlcpy(pu
->u_comm
, pu
->u_psargs
, sizeof (pu
->u_comm
));
1133 /* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
1134 if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind
!= PS_NONE
) {
1136 mutex_enter(&cpu_lock
);
1137 mutex_enter(&pidlock
);
1138 mutex_enter(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1140 if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread
, zio_taskq_psrset_bind
,
1141 0, NULL
, NULL
) == 0) {
1142 curthread
->t_bind_pset
= zio_taskq_psrset_bind
;
1145 "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
1146 "pset %d\n", spa
->spa_name
, zio_taskq_psrset_bind
);
1149 mutex_exit(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1150 mutex_exit(&pidlock
);
1151 mutex_exit(&cpu_lock
);
1155 if (zio_taskq_sysdc
) {
1156 sysdc_thread_enter(curthread
, 100, 0);
1159 spa
->spa_proc
= curproc
;
1160 spa
->spa_did
= curthread
->t_did
;
1162 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa
);
1164 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1165 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_CREATED
);
1167 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
;
1168 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1170 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo
);
1171 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
)
1172 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1173 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1175 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
);
1176 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_GONE
;
1177 spa
->spa_proc
= &p0
;
1178 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1179 CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo
); /* drops spa_proc_lock */
1181 mutex_enter(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1187 * Activate an uninitialized pool.
1190 spa_activate(spa_t
*spa
, spa_mode_t mode
)
1192 ASSERT(spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1194 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
;
1195 spa
->spa_mode
= mode
;
1197 spa
->spa_normal_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1198 spa
->spa_log_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1199 spa
->spa_special_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1200 spa
->spa_dedup_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1202 /* Try to create a covering process */
1203 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1204 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_NONE
);
1205 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
);
1208 #ifdef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
1209 /* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
1210 if (spa_create_process
&& strcmp(spa
->spa_name
, TRYIMPORT_NAME
) != 0) {
1211 if (newproc(spa_thread
, (caddr_t
)spa
, syscid
, maxclsyspri
,
1213 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_CREATED
;
1214 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_CREATED
) {
1215 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
,
1216 &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1218 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
);
1219 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
);
1220 ASSERT(spa
->spa_did
!= 0);
1224 "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
1229 #endif /* HAVE_SPA_THREAD */
1230 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1232 /* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
1233 if (spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
) {
1234 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa
);
1237 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< TXG_SIZE
; i
++) {
1238 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
1242 list_create(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
1243 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_config_dirty_node
));
1244 list_create(&spa
->spa_evicting_os_list
, sizeof (objset_t
),
1245 offsetof(objset_t
, os_evicting_node
));
1246 list_create(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
1247 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_state_dirty_node
));
1249 txg_list_create(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, spa
,
1250 offsetof(struct vdev
, vdev_txg_node
));
1252 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
,
1253 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1254 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1255 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
,
1256 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1257 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1259 spa_keystore_init(&spa
->spa_keystore
);
1262 * This taskq is used to perform zvol-minor-related tasks
1263 * asynchronously. This has several advantages, including easy
1264 * resolution of various deadlocks.
1266 * The taskq must be single threaded to ensure tasks are always
1267 * processed in the order in which they were dispatched.
1269 * A taskq per pool allows one to keep the pools independent.
1270 * This way if one pool is suspended, it will not impact another.
1272 * The preferred location to dispatch a zvol minor task is a sync
1273 * task. In this context, there is easy access to the spa_t and minimal
1274 * error handling is required because the sync task must succeed.
1276 spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
= taskq_create("z_zvol", 1, defclsyspri
,
1280 * Taskq dedicated to prefetcher threads: this is used to prevent the
1281 * pool traverse code from monopolizing the global (and limited)
1282 * system_taskq by inappropriately scheduling long running tasks on it.
1284 spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
= taskq_create("z_prefetch", boot_ncpus
,
1285 defclsyspri
, 1, INT_MAX
, TASKQ_DYNAMIC
);
1288 * The taskq to upgrade datasets in this pool. Currently used by
1289 * feature SPA_FEATURE_USEROBJ_ACCOUNTING/SPA_FEATURE_PROJECT_QUOTA.
1291 spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
= taskq_create("z_upgrade", boot_ncpus
,
1292 defclsyspri
, 1, INT_MAX
, TASKQ_DYNAMIC
);
1296 * Opposite of spa_activate().
1299 spa_deactivate(spa_t
*spa
)
1301 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_on
== B_FALSE
);
1302 ASSERT(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
== NULL
);
1303 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== NULL
);
1304 ASSERT(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
== NULL
);
1305 ASSERT(spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1307 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
1309 if (spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
) {
1310 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
);
1311 spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
= NULL
;
1314 if (spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
) {
1315 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
);
1316 spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
= NULL
;
1319 if (spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
) {
1320 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
);
1321 spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
= NULL
;
1324 txg_list_destroy(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
);
1326 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
);
1327 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_evicting_os_list
);
1328 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
);
1330 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
1332 for (int t
= 0; t
< ZIO_TYPES
; t
++) {
1333 for (int q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1334 spa_taskqs_fini(spa
, t
, q
);
1338 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< TXG_SIZE
; i
++) {
1339 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
], !=, NULL
);
1340 VERIFY0(zio_wait(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
]));
1341 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
] = NULL
;
1344 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_normal_class
);
1345 spa
->spa_normal_class
= NULL
;
1347 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_log_class
);
1348 spa
->spa_log_class
= NULL
;
1350 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_special_class
);
1351 spa
->spa_special_class
= NULL
;
1353 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_dedup_class
);
1354 spa
->spa_dedup_class
= NULL
;
1357 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
1358 * still have errors left in the queues. Empty them just in case.
1360 spa_errlog_drain(spa
);
1361 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
);
1362 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
);
1364 spa_keystore_fini(&spa
->spa_keystore
);
1366 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
;
1368 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1369 if (spa
->spa_proc_state
!= SPA_PROC_NONE
) {
1370 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
);
1371 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
;
1372 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1373 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
) {
1374 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
);
1375 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1377 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_GONE
);
1378 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_NONE
;
1380 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
);
1381 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1384 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
1385 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
1388 if (spa
->spa_did
!= 0) {
1389 thread_join(spa
->spa_did
);
1395 * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately. This
1396 * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
1397 * in the CLOSED state. This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
1398 * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
1401 spa_config_parse(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
**vdp
, nvlist_t
*nv
, vdev_t
*parent
,
1402 uint_t id
, int atype
)
1408 if ((error
= vdev_alloc(spa
, vdp
, nv
, parent
, id
, atype
)) != 0)
1411 if ((*vdp
)->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
1414 error
= nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
,
1417 if (error
== ENOENT
)
1423 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
1426 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
1428 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, child
[c
], *vdp
, c
,
1436 ASSERT(*vdp
!= NULL
);
1442 spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa_t
*spa
)
1444 if (!spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP
))
1447 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1450 if (!spa
->spa_sync_on
)
1453 if (spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
)
1456 if (zfs_keep_log_spacemaps_at_export
)
1463 * Opens a transaction that will set the flag that will instruct
1464 * spa_sync to attempt to flush all the metaslabs for that txg.
1467 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa_t
*spa
)
1469 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
1470 VERIFY0(dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_WAIT
));
1472 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
, ==, 0);
1473 spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
= dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
);
1476 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
);
1480 spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
1482 void *cookie
= NULL
;
1484 while ((sls
= avl_destroy_nodes(&spa
->spa_sm_logs_by_txg
,
1485 &cookie
)) != NULL
) {
1486 VERIFY0(sls
->sls_mscount
);
1487 kmem_free(sls
, sizeof (spa_log_sm_t
));
1490 for (log_summary_entry_t
*e
= list_head(&spa
->spa_log_summary
);
1491 e
!= NULL
; e
= list_head(&spa
->spa_log_summary
)) {
1492 VERIFY0(e
->lse_mscount
);
1493 list_remove(&spa
->spa_log_summary
, e
);
1494 kmem_free(e
, sizeof (log_summary_entry_t
));
1497 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_nblocks
= 0;
1498 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_memused
= 0;
1499 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_blocklimit
= 0;
1503 spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa_t
*spa
)
1505 if (spa
->spa_condense_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1506 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_condense_zthr
);
1507 spa
->spa_condense_zthr
= NULL
;
1509 if (spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1510 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
);
1511 spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
= NULL
;
1513 if (spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1514 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
);
1515 spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
= NULL
;
1517 if (spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1518 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
);
1519 spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
= NULL
;
1524 * Opposite of spa_load().
1527 spa_unload(spa_t
*spa
)
1529 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
1530 ASSERT(spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1532 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
1533 spa_load_note(spa
, "UNLOADING");
1535 spa_wake_waiters(spa
);
1538 * If the log space map feature is enabled and the pool is getting
1539 * exported (but not destroyed), we want to spend some time flushing
1540 * as many metaslabs as we can in an attempt to destroy log space
1541 * maps and save import time.
1543 if (spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa
))
1544 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa
);
1549 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
1551 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
) {
1552 vdev_t
*root_vdev
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
1553 vdev_initialize_stop_all(root_vdev
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
);
1554 vdev_trim_stop_all(root_vdev
, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
1555 vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa
);
1556 vdev_rebuild_stop_all(spa
);
1562 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
1563 txg_sync_stop(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
1564 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_FALSE
;
1568 * This ensures that there is no async metaslab prefetching
1569 * while we attempt to unload the spa.
1571 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
1572 for (int c
= 0; c
< spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
1573 vdev_t
*vc
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
];
1574 if (vc
->vdev_mg
!= NULL
)
1575 taskq_wait(vc
->vdev_mg
->mg_taskq
);
1579 if (spa
->spa_mmp
.mmp_thread
)
1580 mmp_thread_stop(spa
);
1583 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
1585 if (spa
->spa_async_zio_root
!= NULL
) {
1586 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++)
1587 (void) zio_wait(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
]);
1588 kmem_free(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
, max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *));
1589 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= NULL
;
1592 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
) {
1593 spa_vdev_removal_destroy(spa
->spa_vdev_removal
);
1594 spa
->spa_vdev_removal
= NULL
;
1597 spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa
);
1599 spa_condense_fini(spa
);
1601 bpobj_close(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
);
1603 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, spa
, RW_WRITER
);
1608 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
)
1609 vdev_free(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
1610 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== NULL
);
1613 * Close the dsl pool.
1615 if (spa
->spa_dsl_pool
) {
1616 dsl_pool_close(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
1617 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
= NULL
;
1618 spa
->spa_meta_objset
= NULL
;
1622 spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa
);
1625 * Drop and purge level 2 cache
1627 spa_l2cache_drop(spa
);
1629 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1630 vdev_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1631 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
) {
1632 kmem_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
,
1633 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1634 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1636 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) {
1637 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
);
1638 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= NULL
;
1640 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
= 0;
1642 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1643 vdev_clear_stats(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1644 vdev_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1646 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
) {
1647 kmem_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
,
1648 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1649 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1651 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) {
1652 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
);
1653 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= NULL
;
1655 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
= 0;
1657 spa
->spa_async_suspended
= 0;
1659 spa
->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded
= B_FALSE
;
1661 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
) {
1662 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_comment
);
1663 spa
->spa_comment
= NULL
;
1666 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, spa
);
1670 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
1671 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1672 * 'spa_spares.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1673 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1676 spa_load_spares(spa_t
*spa
)
1685 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1686 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1688 * As spare vdevs are shared among open pools, we skip loading
1689 * them when we load the checkpointed state of the pool.
1691 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1695 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
1698 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
1700 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1701 vd
= spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
1703 /* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
1704 if ((tvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, vd
->vdev_guid
,
1705 B_FALSE
)) != NULL
&& tvd
->vdev_isspare
)
1706 spa_spare_remove(tvd
);
1711 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
)
1712 kmem_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
,
1713 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1715 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
== NULL
)
1718 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
1719 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) == 0);
1721 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
= (int)nspares
;
1722 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1728 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
1729 * process. For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
1730 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
1731 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
1732 * configuration (if it's spared in). During this phase we open and
1733 * validate each vdev on the spare list. If the vdev also exists in the
1734 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
1736 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= kmem_zalloc(nspares
* sizeof (void *),
1738 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1739 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, spares
[i
], NULL
, 0,
1740 VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE
) == 0);
1743 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
] = vd
;
1745 if ((tvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, vd
->vdev_guid
,
1746 B_FALSE
)) != NULL
) {
1747 if (!tvd
->vdev_isspare
)
1751 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
1752 * able to load the vdev. Otherwise, importing a pool
1753 * with a bad active spare would result in strange
1754 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
1755 * is actively in use.
1757 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
1758 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
1759 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise). Given
1760 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
1761 * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
1763 if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd
))
1764 spa_spare_activate(tvd
);
1768 vd
->vdev_aux
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
1770 if (vdev_open(vd
) != 0)
1773 if (vdev_validate_aux(vd
) == 0)
1778 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
1781 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
1782 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
1784 spares
= kmem_alloc(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *),
1786 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1787 spares
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
,
1788 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
], B_TRUE
, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE
);
1789 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
1790 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
) == 0);
1791 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1792 nvlist_free(spares
[i
]);
1793 kmem_free(spares
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1797 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
1798 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1799 * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1800 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1801 * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
1805 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
)
1807 nvlist_t
**l2cache
= NULL
;
1809 int i
, j
, oldnvdevs
;
1811 vdev_t
*vd
, **oldvdevs
, **newvdevs
;
1812 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_l2cache
;
1816 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1817 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1819 * As L2 caches are part of the ARC which is shared among open
1820 * pools, we skip loading them when we load the checkpointed
1821 * state of the pool.
1823 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1827 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
1829 oldvdevs
= sav
->sav_vdevs
;
1830 oldnvdevs
= sav
->sav_count
;
1831 sav
->sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1834 if (sav
->sav_config
== NULL
) {
1840 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
1841 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0);
1842 newvdevs
= kmem_alloc(nl2cache
* sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP
);
1845 * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
1847 for (i
= 0; i
< nl2cache
; i
++) {
1848 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
1852 for (j
= 0; j
< oldnvdevs
; j
++) {
1854 if (vd
!= NULL
&& guid
== vd
->vdev_guid
) {
1856 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
1864 if (newvdevs
[i
] == NULL
) {
1868 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, l2cache
[i
], NULL
, 0,
1869 VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE
) == 0);
1874 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
1875 * even if it fails to open.
1877 spa_l2cache_add(vd
);
1882 spa_l2cache_activate(vd
);
1884 if (vdev_open(vd
) != 0)
1887 (void) vdev_validate_aux(vd
);
1889 if (!vdev_is_dead(vd
))
1890 l2arc_add_vdev(spa
, vd
);
1893 * Upon cache device addition to a pool or pool
1894 * creation with a cache device or if the header
1895 * of the device is invalid we issue an async
1896 * TRIM command for the whole device which will
1897 * execute if l2arc_trim_ahead > 0.
1899 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_TRIM
);
1903 sav
->sav_vdevs
= newvdevs
;
1904 sav
->sav_count
= (int)nl2cache
;
1907 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
1908 * information this time.
1910 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav
->sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
1911 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
1913 if (sav
->sav_count
> 0)
1914 l2cache
= kmem_alloc(sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *),
1916 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
1917 l2cache
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
,
1918 sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
], B_TRUE
, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
1919 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
1920 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, sav
->sav_count
) == 0);
1924 * Purge vdevs that were dropped
1926 for (i
= 0; i
< oldnvdevs
; i
++) {
1931 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_isl2cache
);
1933 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd
->vdev_guid
, &pool
) &&
1934 pool
!= 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd
))
1935 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd
);
1936 vdev_clear_stats(vd
);
1942 kmem_free(oldvdevs
, oldnvdevs
* sizeof (void *));
1944 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
1945 nvlist_free(l2cache
[i
]);
1947 kmem_free(l2cache
, sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1951 load_nvlist(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t obj
, nvlist_t
**value
)
1954 char *packed
= NULL
;
1959 error
= dmu_bonus_hold(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, FTAG
, &db
);
1963 nvsize
= *(uint64_t *)db
->db_data
;
1964 dmu_buf_rele(db
, FTAG
);
1966 packed
= vmem_alloc(nvsize
, KM_SLEEP
);
1967 error
= dmu_read(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, 0, nvsize
, packed
,
1970 error
= nvlist_unpack(packed
, nvsize
, value
, 0);
1971 vmem_free(packed
, nvsize
);
1977 * Concrete top-level vdevs that are not missing and are not logs. At every
1978 * spa_sync we write new uberblocks to at least SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS core tvds.
1981 spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t
*spa
)
1983 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
1986 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< rvd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
1987 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[i
];
1990 if (vdev_is_concrete(vd
) && !vdev_is_dead(vd
))
1998 * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
1999 * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
2002 spa_check_removed(vdev_t
*vd
)
2004 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
2005 spa_check_removed(vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
2007 if (vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
&& vdev_is_dead(vd
) &&
2008 vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
2009 zfs_post_autoreplace(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
);
2010 spa_event_notify(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK
);
2015 spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2017 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2020 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
2021 * diagnostic information about missing log devices.
2022 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
2024 if (!(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG
)) {
2025 nvlist_t
**child
, *nv
;
2028 child
= kmem_alloc(rvd
->vdev_children
* sizeof (nvlist_t
*),
2030 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nv
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
2032 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2033 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2036 * We consider a device as missing only if it failed
2037 * to open (i.e. offline or faulted is not considered
2040 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
&&
2041 tvd
->vdev_state
== VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
2042 child
[idx
++] = vdev_config_generate(spa
, tvd
,
2043 B_FALSE
, VDEV_CONFIG_MISSING
);
2048 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv
,
2049 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
, child
, idx
);
2050 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2051 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES
, nv
);
2053 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< idx
; i
++)
2054 nvlist_free(child
[i
]);
2057 kmem_free(child
, rvd
->vdev_children
* sizeof (char **));
2060 spa_load_failed(spa
, "some log devices are missing");
2061 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
2062 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
2065 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2066 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2068 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
&&
2069 tvd
->vdev_state
== VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
2070 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
2071 spa_load_note(spa
, "some log devices are "
2072 "missing, ZIL is dropped.");
2073 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
2083 * Check for missing log devices
2086 spa_check_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2088 boolean_t rv
= B_FALSE
;
2089 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
2091 switch (spa
->spa_log_state
) {
2094 case SPA_LOG_MISSING
:
2095 /* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
2096 case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN
:
2097 rv
= (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp
, dp
->dp_root_dir_obj
,
2098 zil_check_log_chain
, NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
) != 0);
2100 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_MISSING
);
2107 spa_passivate_log(spa_t
*spa
)
2109 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2110 boolean_t slog_found
= B_FALSE
;
2112 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALLOC
, RW_WRITER
));
2114 if (!spa_has_slogs(spa
))
2117 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2118 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2119 metaslab_group_t
*mg
= tvd
->vdev_mg
;
2121 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
) {
2122 metaslab_group_passivate(mg
);
2123 slog_found
= B_TRUE
;
2127 return (slog_found
);
2131 spa_activate_log(spa_t
*spa
)
2133 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2135 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALLOC
, RW_WRITER
));
2137 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2138 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2139 metaslab_group_t
*mg
= tvd
->vdev_mg
;
2141 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
)
2142 metaslab_group_activate(mg
);
2147 spa_reset_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2151 error
= dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa
), zil_reset
,
2152 NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
2155 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
2156 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
2159 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
2165 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
)
2167 for (int i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
2168 spa_check_removed(sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]);
2172 spa_claim_notify(zio_t
*zio
)
2174 spa_t
*spa
= zio
->io_spa
;
2179 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
); /* any mutex will do */
2180 if (spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
< zio
->io_bp
->blk_birth
)
2181 spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
= zio
->io_bp
->blk_birth
;
2182 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
2185 typedef struct spa_load_error
{
2186 uint64_t sle_meta_count
;
2187 uint64_t sle_data_count
;
2191 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t
*zio
)
2193 blkptr_t
*bp
= zio
->io_bp
;
2194 spa_load_error_t
*sle
= zio
->io_private
;
2195 dmu_object_type_t type
= BP_GET_TYPE(bp
);
2196 int error
= zio
->io_error
;
2197 spa_t
*spa
= zio
->io_spa
;
2199 abd_free(zio
->io_abd
);
2201 if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp
) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type
)) &&
2202 type
!= DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG
)
2203 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_meta_count
);
2205 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_data_count
);
2208 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2209 spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
-= BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
);
2210 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_scrub_io_cv
);
2211 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2215 * Maximum number of inflight bytes is the log2 fraction of the arc size.
2216 * By default, we set it to 1/16th of the arc.
2218 int spa_load_verify_shift
= 4;
2219 int spa_load_verify_metadata
= B_TRUE
;
2220 int spa_load_verify_data
= B_TRUE
;
2224 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t
*spa
, zilog_t
*zilog
, const blkptr_t
*bp
,
2225 const zbookmark_phys_t
*zb
, const dnode_phys_t
*dnp
, void *arg
)
2227 if (zb
->zb_level
== ZB_DNODE_LEVEL
|| BP_IS_HOLE(bp
) ||
2228 BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp
) || BP_IS_REDACTED(bp
))
2231 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if
2232 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set. However, it may be useful
2233 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
2235 if (!spa_load_verify_metadata
)
2237 if (!BP_IS_METADATA(bp
) && !spa_load_verify_data
)
2240 uint64_t maxinflight_bytes
=
2241 arc_target_bytes() >> spa_load_verify_shift
;
2243 size_t size
= BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
);
2245 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2246 while (spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
>= maxinflight_bytes
)
2247 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_scrub_io_cv
, &spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2248 spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
+= size
;
2249 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2251 zio_nowait(zio_read(rio
, spa
, bp
, abd_alloc_for_io(size
, B_FALSE
), size
,
2252 spa_load_verify_done
, rio
->io_private
, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB
,
2253 ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
| ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
|
2254 ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB
| ZIO_FLAG_RAW
, zb
));
2260 verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t
*dp
, dsl_dataset_t
*ds
, void *arg
)
2262 if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds
) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
)
2263 return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG
));
2269 spa_load_verify(spa_t
*spa
)
2272 spa_load_error_t sle
= { 0 };
2273 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
2274 boolean_t verify_ok
= B_FALSE
;
2277 zpool_get_load_policy(spa
->spa_config
, &policy
);
2279 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND
)
2282 dsl_pool_config_enter(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, FTAG
);
2283 error
= dmu_objset_find_dp(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
,
2284 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_root_dir_obj
, verify_dataset_name_len
, NULL
,
2286 dsl_pool_config_exit(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, FTAG
);
2290 rio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, &sle
,
2291 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
);
2293 if (spa_load_verify_metadata
) {
2294 if (spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
) {
2295 spa_load_note(spa
, "performing a complete scan of the "
2296 "pool since extreme rewind is on. This may take "
2297 "a very long time.\n (spa_load_verify_data=%u, "
2298 "spa_load_verify_metadata=%u)",
2299 spa_load_verify_data
, spa_load_verify_metadata
);
2302 error
= traverse_pool(spa
, spa
->spa_verify_min_txg
,
2303 TRAVERSE_PRE
| TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA
|
2304 TRAVERSE_NO_DECRYPT
, spa_load_verify_cb
, rio
);
2307 (void) zio_wait(rio
);
2308 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
);
2310 spa
->spa_load_meta_errors
= sle
.sle_meta_count
;
2311 spa
->spa_load_data_errors
= sle
.sle_data_count
;
2313 if (sle
.sle_meta_count
!= 0 || sle
.sle_data_count
!= 0) {
2314 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_load_verify found %llu metadata errors "
2315 "and %llu data errors", (u_longlong_t
)sle
.sle_meta_count
,
2316 (u_longlong_t
)sle
.sle_data_count
);
2319 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun
||
2320 (!error
&& sle
.sle_meta_count
<= policy
.zlp_maxmeta
&&
2321 sle
.sle_data_count
<= policy
.zlp_maxdata
)) {
2325 spa
->spa_load_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
2326 spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
;
2328 loss
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts
- spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
;
2329 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2330 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME
, spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
) == 0);
2331 VERIFY(nvlist_add_int64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2332 ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME
, loss
) == 0);
2333 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2334 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS
, sle
.sle_data_count
) == 0);
2336 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
2339 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun
)
2343 if (error
!= ENXIO
&& error
!= EIO
)
2344 error
= SET_ERROR(EIO
);
2348 return (verify_ok
? 0 : EIO
);
2352 * Find a value in the pool props object.
2355 spa_prop_find(spa_t
*spa
, zpool_prop_t prop
, uint64_t *val
)
2357 (void) zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
2358 zpool_prop_to_name(prop
), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val
);
2362 * Find a value in the pool directory object.
2365 spa_dir_prop(spa_t
*spa
, const char *name
, uint64_t *val
, boolean_t log_enoent
)
2367 int error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
2368 name
, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val
);
2370 if (error
!= 0 && (error
!= ENOENT
|| log_enoent
)) {
2371 spa_load_failed(spa
, "couldn't get '%s' value in MOS directory "
2372 "[error=%d]", name
, error
);
2379 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t
*vdev
, vdev_aux_t aux
, int err
)
2381 vdev_set_state(vdev
, B_TRUE
, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
, aux
);
2382 return (SET_ERROR(err
));
2386 spa_livelist_delete_check(spa_t
*spa
)
2388 return (spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
!= 0);
2393 spa_livelist_delete_cb_check(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2396 return (spa_livelist_delete_check(spa
));
2400 delete_blkptr_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2403 zio_free(spa
, tx
->tx_txg
, bp
);
2404 dsl_dir_diduse_space(tx
->tx_pool
->dp_free_dir
, DD_USED_HEAD
,
2405 -bp_get_dsize_sync(spa
, bp
),
2406 -BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
), -BP_GET_UCSIZE(bp
), tx
);
2411 dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(objset_t
*os
, uint64_t zap_obj
, uint64_t *llp
)
2416 zap_cursor_init(&zc
, os
, zap_obj
);
2417 err
= zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
);
2418 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
2420 *llp
= za
.za_first_integer
;
2425 * Components of livelist deletion that must be performed in syncing
2426 * context: freeing block pointers and updating the pool-wide data
2427 * structures to indicate how much work is left to do
2429 typedef struct sublist_delete_arg
{
2434 } sublist_delete_arg_t
;
2437 sublist_delete_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2439 sublist_delete_arg_t
*sda
= arg
;
2440 spa_t
*spa
= sda
->spa
;
2441 dsl_deadlist_t
*ll
= sda
->ll
;
2442 uint64_t key
= sda
->key
;
2443 bplist_t
*to_free
= sda
->to_free
;
2445 bplist_iterate(to_free
, delete_blkptr_cb
, spa
, tx
);
2446 dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll
, key
, tx
);
2449 typedef struct livelist_delete_arg
{
2453 } livelist_delete_arg_t
;
2456 livelist_delete_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2458 livelist_delete_arg_t
*lda
= arg
;
2459 spa_t
*spa
= lda
->spa
;
2460 uint64_t ll_obj
= lda
->ll_obj
;
2461 uint64_t zap_obj
= lda
->zap_obj
;
2462 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
2465 /* free the livelist and decrement the feature count */
2466 VERIFY0(zap_remove_int(mos
, zap_obj
, ll_obj
, tx
));
2467 dsl_deadlist_free(mos
, ll_obj
, tx
);
2468 spa_feature_decr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LIVELIST
, tx
);
2469 VERIFY0(zap_count(mos
, zap_obj
, &count
));
2471 /* no more livelists to delete */
2472 VERIFY0(zap_remove(mos
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
2473 DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES
, tx
));
2474 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(mos
, zap_obj
, tx
));
2475 spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
= 0;
2476 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
2481 * Load in the value for the livelist to be removed and open it. Then,
2482 * load its first sublist and determine which block pointers should actually
2483 * be freed. Then, call a synctask which performs the actual frees and updates
2484 * the pool-wide livelist data.
2488 spa_livelist_delete_cb(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2491 uint64_t ll_obj
= 0, count
;
2492 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
2493 uint64_t zap_obj
= spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
;
2495 * Determine the next livelist to delete. This function should only
2496 * be called if there is at least one deleted clone.
2498 VERIFY0(dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(mos
, zap_obj
, &ll_obj
));
2499 VERIFY0(zap_count(mos
, ll_obj
, &count
));
2502 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*dle
;
2504 ll
= kmem_zalloc(sizeof (dsl_deadlist_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
2505 dsl_deadlist_open(ll
, mos
, ll_obj
);
2506 dle
= dsl_deadlist_first(ll
);
2507 ASSERT3P(dle
, !=, NULL
);
2508 bplist_create(&to_free
);
2509 int err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&dle
->dle_bpobj
, &to_free
,
2512 sublist_delete_arg_t sync_arg
= {
2515 .key
= dle
->dle_mintxg
,
2518 zfs_dbgmsg("deleting sublist (id %llu) from"
2519 " livelist %llu, %d remaining",
2520 dle
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
, ll_obj
, count
- 1);
2521 VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa
), NULL
,
2522 sublist_delete_sync
, &sync_arg
, 0,
2523 ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY
));
2525 VERIFY3U(err
, ==, EINTR
);
2527 bplist_clear(&to_free
);
2528 bplist_destroy(&to_free
);
2529 dsl_deadlist_close(ll
);
2530 kmem_free(ll
, sizeof (dsl_deadlist_t
));
2532 livelist_delete_arg_t sync_arg
= {
2537 zfs_dbgmsg("deletion of livelist %llu completed", ll_obj
);
2538 VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa
), NULL
, livelist_delete_sync
,
2539 &sync_arg
, 0, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY
));
2544 spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa_t
*spa
)
2546 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2547 spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
=
2548 zthr_create("z_livelist_destroy",
2549 spa_livelist_delete_cb_check
, spa_livelist_delete_cb
, spa
);
2552 typedef struct livelist_new_arg
{
2555 } livelist_new_arg_t
;
2558 livelist_track_new_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
2562 livelist_new_arg_t
*lna
= arg
;
2564 bplist_append(lna
->frees
, bp
);
2566 bplist_append(lna
->allocs
, bp
);
2567 zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc
++;
2572 typedef struct livelist_condense_arg
{
2575 uint64_t first_size
;
2577 } livelist_condense_arg_t
;
2580 spa_livelist_condense_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2582 livelist_condense_arg_t
*lca
= arg
;
2583 spa_t
*spa
= lca
->spa
;
2585 dsl_dataset_t
*ds
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
;
2587 /* Have we been cancelled? */
2588 if (spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
) {
2589 zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel
++;
2593 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*first
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
;
2594 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*next
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
;
2595 dsl_deadlist_t
*ll
= &ds
->ds_dir
->dd_livelist
;
2598 * It's possible that the livelist was changed while the zthr was
2599 * running. Therefore, we need to check for new blkptrs in the two
2600 * entries being condensed and continue to track them in the livelist.
2601 * Because of the way we handle remapped blkptrs (see dbuf_remap_impl),
2602 * it's possible that the newly added blkptrs are FREEs or ALLOCs so
2603 * we need to sort them into two different bplists.
2605 uint64_t first_obj
= first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
;
2606 uint64_t next_obj
= next
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
;
2607 uint64_t cur_first_size
= first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
;
2608 uint64_t cur_next_size
= next
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
;
2610 bplist_create(&new_frees
);
2611 livelist_new_arg_t new_bps
= {
2612 .allocs
= &lca
->to_keep
,
2613 .frees
= &new_frees
,
2616 if (cur_first_size
> lca
->first_size
) {
2617 VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&first
->dle_bpobj
,
2618 livelist_track_new_cb
, &new_bps
, lca
->first_size
));
2620 if (cur_next_size
> lca
->next_size
) {
2621 VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&next
->dle_bpobj
,
2622 livelist_track_new_cb
, &new_bps
, lca
->next_size
));
2625 dsl_deadlist_clear_entry(first
, ll
, tx
);
2626 ASSERT(bpobj_is_empty(&first
->dle_bpobj
));
2627 dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll
, next
->dle_mintxg
, tx
);
2629 bplist_iterate(&lca
->to_keep
, dsl_deadlist_insert_alloc_cb
, ll
, tx
);
2630 bplist_iterate(&new_frees
, dsl_deadlist_insert_free_cb
, ll
, tx
);
2631 bplist_destroy(&new_frees
);
2633 char dsname
[ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
];
2634 dsl_dataset_name(ds
, dsname
);
2635 zfs_dbgmsg("txg %llu condensing livelist of %s (id %llu), bpobj %llu "
2636 "(%llu blkptrs) and bpobj %llu (%llu blkptrs) -> bpobj %llu "
2637 "(%llu blkptrs)", tx
->tx_txg
, dsname
, ds
->ds_object
, first_obj
,
2638 cur_first_size
, next_obj
, cur_next_size
,
2639 first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
,
2640 first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
);
2642 dmu_buf_rele(ds
->ds_dbuf
, spa
);
2643 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2644 bplist_clear(&lca
->to_keep
);
2645 bplist_destroy(&lca
->to_keep
);
2646 kmem_free(lca
, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
));
2647 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_FALSE
;
2651 spa_livelist_condense_cb(void *arg
, zthr_t
*t
)
2653 while (zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause
&&
2654 !(zthr_has_waiters(t
) || zthr_iscancelled(t
)))
2658 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*first
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
;
2659 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*next
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
;
2660 uint64_t first_size
, next_size
;
2662 livelist_condense_arg_t
*lca
=
2663 kmem_alloc(sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
2664 bplist_create(&lca
->to_keep
);
2667 * Process the livelists (matching FREEs and ALLOCs) in open context
2668 * so we have minimal work in syncing context to condense.
2670 * We save bpobj sizes (first_size and next_size) to use later in
2671 * syncing context to determine if entries were added to these sublists
2672 * while in open context. This is possible because the clone is still
2673 * active and open for normal writes and we want to make sure the new,
2674 * unprocessed blockpointers are inserted into the livelist normally.
2676 * Note that dsl_process_sub_livelist() both stores the size number of
2677 * blockpointers and iterates over them while the bpobj's lock held, so
2678 * the sizes returned to us are consistent which what was actually
2681 int err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&first
->dle_bpobj
, &lca
->to_keep
, t
,
2684 err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&next
->dle_bpobj
, &lca
->to_keep
,
2688 while (zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause
&&
2689 !(zthr_has_waiters(t
) || zthr_iscancelled(t
)))
2692 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
2693 dmu_tx_mark_netfree(tx
);
2694 dmu_tx_hold_space(tx
, 1);
2695 err
= dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_NOWAIT
| TXG_NOTHROTTLE
);
2698 * Prevent the condense zthr restarting before
2699 * the synctask completes.
2701 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_TRUE
;
2703 lca
->first_size
= first_size
;
2704 lca
->next_size
= next_size
;
2705 dsl_sync_task_nowait(spa_get_dsl(spa
),
2706 spa_livelist_condense_sync
, lca
, tx
);
2712 * Condensing can not continue: either it was externally stopped or
2713 * we were unable to assign to a tx because the pool has run out of
2714 * space. In the second case, we'll just end up trying to condense
2715 * again in a later txg.
2718 bplist_clear(&lca
->to_keep
);
2719 bplist_destroy(&lca
->to_keep
);
2720 kmem_free(lca
, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
));
2721 dmu_buf_rele(spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
->ds_dbuf
, spa
);
2722 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2724 zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel
++;
2729 * Check that there is something to condense but that a condense is not
2730 * already in progress and that condensing has not been cancelled.
2733 spa_livelist_condense_cb_check(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2736 if ((spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
!= NULL
) &&
2737 (spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
== B_FALSE
) &&
2738 (spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
== B_FALSE
)) {
2745 spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa_t
*spa
)
2747 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2748 spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
= NULL
;
2749 spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
= NULL
;
2750 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_FALSE
;
2751 spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
= B_FALSE
;
2753 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2754 spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
=
2755 zthr_create("z_livelist_condense",
2756 spa_livelist_condense_cb_check
,
2757 spa_livelist_condense_cb
, spa
);
2761 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t
*spa
)
2763 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
2765 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
2767 spa_start_indirect_condensing_thread(spa
);
2768 spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa
);
2769 spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa
);
2771 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2772 spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
=
2773 zthr_create("z_checkpoint_discard",
2774 spa_checkpoint_discard_thread_check
,
2775 spa_checkpoint_discard_thread
, spa
);
2779 * Fix up config after a partly-completed split. This is done with the
2780 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist. Both the splitting pool and the split-off
2781 * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
2782 * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
2784 * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
2785 * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process. To attempt
2786 * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
2787 * we do a reopen() call. If the vdev label for every disk that was
2788 * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2789 * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
2791 * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
2792 * the original pool.
2795 spa_try_repair(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
2802 boolean_t attempt_reopen
;
2804 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, &nvl
) != 0)
2807 /* check that the config is complete */
2808 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST
,
2809 &glist
, &gcount
) != 0)
2812 vd
= kmem_zalloc(gcount
* sizeof (vdev_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
2814 /* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
2815 attempt_reopen
= B_TRUE
;
2816 for (i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++) {
2817 if (glist
[i
] == 0) /* vdev is hole */
2820 vd
[i
] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, glist
[i
], B_FALSE
);
2821 if (vd
[i
] == NULL
) {
2823 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
2824 * just do the split.
2826 attempt_reopen
= B_FALSE
;
2828 /* attempt to re-online it */
2829 vd
[i
]->vdev_offline
= B_FALSE
;
2833 if (attempt_reopen
) {
2834 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
2836 /* check each device to see what state it's in */
2837 for (extracted
= 0, i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++) {
2838 if (vd
[i
] != NULL
&&
2839 vd
[i
]->vdev_stat
.vs_aux
!= VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL
)
2846 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
2847 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
2850 if (!attempt_reopen
|| gcount
== extracted
) {
2851 for (i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++)
2854 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
2857 kmem_free(vd
, gcount
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
2861 spa_load(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
, spa_import_type_t type
)
2863 char *ereport
= FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL
;
2866 spa
->spa_load_state
= state
;
2867 (void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa
),
2868 spa_load_state(spa
));
2870 gethrestime(&spa
->spa_loaded_ts
);
2871 error
= spa_load_impl(spa
, type
, &ereport
);
2874 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
2875 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
2877 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
2878 spa
->spa_minref
= zfs_refcount_count(&spa
->spa_refcount
);
2880 if (error
!= EEXIST
) {
2881 spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_sec
= 0;
2882 spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_nsec
= 0;
2884 if (error
!= EBADF
) {
2885 (void) zfs_ereport_post(ereport
, spa
,
2886 NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
2889 spa
->spa_load_state
= error
? SPA_LOAD_ERROR
: SPA_LOAD_NONE
;
2892 (void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa
),
2893 spa_load_state(spa
));
2900 * Count the number of per-vdev ZAPs associated with all of the vdevs in the
2901 * vdev tree rooted in the given vd, and ensure that each ZAP is present in the
2902 * spa's per-vdev ZAP list.
2905 vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t
*vd
)
2907 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
2910 if (vd
->vdev_top_zap
!= 0) {
2912 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
2913 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, vd
->vdev_top_zap
));
2915 if (vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
!= 0) {
2917 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
2918 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
));
2921 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
2922 total
+= vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd
->vdev_child
[i
]);
2930 * Determine whether the activity check is required.
2933 spa_activity_check_required(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
, nvlist_t
*label
,
2937 uint64_t hostid
= 0;
2938 uint64_t tryconfig_txg
= 0;
2939 uint64_t tryconfig_timestamp
= 0;
2940 uint16_t tryconfig_mmp_seq
= 0;
2943 if (nvlist_exists(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
)) {
2944 nvinfo
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
);
2945 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
,
2947 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP
,
2948 &tryconfig_timestamp
);
2949 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint16(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ
,
2950 &tryconfig_mmp_seq
);
2953 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, &state
);
2956 * Disable the MMP activity check - This is used by zdb which
2957 * is intended to be used on potentially active pools.
2959 if (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP
)
2963 * Skip the activity check when the MMP feature is disabled.
2965 if (ub
->ub_mmp_magic
== MMP_MAGIC
&& ub
->ub_mmp_delay
== 0)
2969 * If the tryconfig_ values are nonzero, they are the results of an
2970 * earlier tryimport. If they all match the uberblock we just found,
2971 * then the pool has not changed and we return false so we do not test
2974 if (tryconfig_txg
&& tryconfig_txg
== ub
->ub_txg
&&
2975 tryconfig_timestamp
&& tryconfig_timestamp
== ub
->ub_timestamp
&&
2976 tryconfig_mmp_seq
&& tryconfig_mmp_seq
==
2977 (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0))
2981 * Allow the activity check to be skipped when importing the pool
2982 * on the same host which last imported it. Since the hostid from
2983 * configuration may be stale use the one read from the label.
2985 if (nvlist_exists(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
))
2986 hostid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
);
2988 if (hostid
== spa_get_hostid(spa
))
2992 * Skip the activity test when the pool was cleanly exported.
2994 if (state
!= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
)
3001 * Nanoseconds the activity check must watch for changes on-disk.
3004 spa_activity_check_duration(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
)
3006 uint64_t import_intervals
= MAX(zfs_multihost_import_intervals
, 1);
3007 uint64_t multihost_interval
= MSEC2NSEC(
3008 MMP_INTERVAL_OK(zfs_multihost_interval
));
3009 uint64_t import_delay
= MAX(NANOSEC
, import_intervals
*
3010 multihost_interval
);
3013 * Local tunables determine a minimum duration except for the case
3014 * where we know when the remote host will suspend the pool if MMP
3015 * writes do not land.
3017 * See Big Theory comment at the top of mmp.c for the reasoning behind
3018 * these cases and times.
3021 ASSERT(MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR
>= 100);
3023 if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub
) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub
) &&
3024 MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) > 0) {
3026 /* MMP on remote host will suspend pool after failed writes */
3027 import_delay
= MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) * MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub
)) *
3028 MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR
/ 100;
3030 zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals>0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
3031 "mmp_fails=%llu ub_mmp mmp_interval=%llu "
3032 "import_intervals=%u", import_delay
, MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
),
3033 MMP_INTERVAL(ub
), import_intervals
);
3035 } else if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub
) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub
) &&
3036 MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) == 0) {
3038 /* MMP on remote host will never suspend pool */
3039 import_delay
= MAX(import_delay
, (MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub
)) +
3040 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
) * import_intervals
);
3042 zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals=0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
3043 "mmp_interval=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
3044 "import_intervals=%u", import_delay
, MMP_INTERVAL(ub
),
3045 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
, import_intervals
);
3047 } else if (MMP_VALID(ub
)) {
3049 * zfs-0.7 compatibility case
3052 import_delay
= MAX(import_delay
, (multihost_interval
+
3053 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
) * import_intervals
);
3055 zfs_dbgmsg("import_delay=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
3056 "import_intervals=%u leaves=%u", import_delay
,
3057 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
, import_intervals
,
3058 vdev_count_leaves(spa
));
3060 /* Using local tunings is the only reasonable option */
3061 zfs_dbgmsg("pool last imported on non-MMP aware "
3062 "host using import_delay=%llu multihost_interval=%llu "
3063 "import_intervals=%u", import_delay
, multihost_interval
,
3067 return (import_delay
);
3071 * Perform the import activity check. If the user canceled the import or
3072 * we detected activity then fail.
3075 spa_activity_check(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
, nvlist_t
*config
)
3077 uint64_t txg
= ub
->ub_txg
;
3078 uint64_t timestamp
= ub
->ub_timestamp
;
3079 uint64_t mmp_config
= ub
->ub_mmp_config
;
3080 uint16_t mmp_seq
= MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0;
3081 uint64_t import_delay
;
3082 hrtime_t import_expire
;
3083 nvlist_t
*mmp_label
= NULL
;
3084 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3089 cv_init(&cv
, NULL
, CV_DEFAULT
, NULL
);
3090 mutex_init(&mtx
, NULL
, MUTEX_DEFAULT
, NULL
);
3094 * If ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG is present an activity check was performed
3095 * during the earlier tryimport. If the txg recorded there is 0 then
3096 * the pool is known to be active on another host.
3098 * Otherwise, the pool might be in use on another host. Check for
3099 * changes in the uberblocks on disk if necessary.
3101 if (nvlist_exists(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
)) {
3102 nvlist_t
*nvinfo
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
3103 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
);
3105 if (nvlist_exists(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
) &&
3106 fnvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
) == 0) {
3107 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &mmp_label
);
3108 error
= SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO
);
3113 import_delay
= spa_activity_check_duration(spa
, ub
);
3115 /* Add a small random factor in case of simultaneous imports (0-25%) */
3116 import_delay
+= import_delay
* spa_get_random(250) / 1000;
3118 import_expire
= gethrtime() + import_delay
;
3120 while (gethrtime() < import_expire
) {
3121 (void) spa_import_progress_set_mmp_check(spa_guid(spa
),
3122 NSEC2SEC(import_expire
- gethrtime()));
3124 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &mmp_label
);
3126 if (txg
!= ub
->ub_txg
|| timestamp
!= ub
->ub_timestamp
||
3127 mmp_seq
!= (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0)) {
3128 zfs_dbgmsg("multihost activity detected "
3129 "txg %llu ub_txg %llu "
3130 "timestamp %llu ub_timestamp %llu "
3131 "mmp_config %#llx ub_mmp_config %#llx",
3132 txg
, ub
->ub_txg
, timestamp
, ub
->ub_timestamp
,
3133 mmp_config
, ub
->ub_mmp_config
);
3135 error
= SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO
);
3140 nvlist_free(mmp_label
);
3144 error
= cv_timedwait_sig(&cv
, &mtx
, ddi_get_lbolt() + hz
);
3146 error
= SET_ERROR(EINTR
);
3154 mutex_destroy(&mtx
);
3158 * If the pool is determined to be active store the status in the
3159 * spa->spa_load_info nvlist. If the remote hostname or hostid are
3160 * available from configuration read from disk store them as well.
3161 * This allows 'zpool import' to generate a more useful message.
3163 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE - observed pool status (mandatory)
3164 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME - hostname from the active pool
3165 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID - hostid from the active pool
3167 if (error
== EREMOTEIO
) {
3168 char *hostname
= "<unknown>";
3169 uint64_t hostid
= 0;
3172 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
)) {
3173 hostname
= fnvlist_lookup_string(mmp_label
,
3174 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
);
3175 fnvlist_add_string(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3176 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME
, hostname
);
3179 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
)) {
3180 hostid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mmp_label
,
3181 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
);
3182 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3183 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID
, hostid
);
3187 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3188 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_ACTIVE
);
3189 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3190 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
, 0);
3192 error
= spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
);
3196 nvlist_free(mmp_label
);
3202 spa_verify_host(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*mos_config
)
3206 uint64_t myhostid
= 0;
3208 if (!spa_is_root(spa
) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config
,
3209 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
, &hostid
) == 0) {
3210 hostname
= fnvlist_lookup_string(mos_config
,
3211 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
);
3213 myhostid
= zone_get_hostid(NULL
);
3215 if (hostid
!= 0 && myhostid
!= 0 && hostid
!= myhostid
) {
3216 cmn_err(CE_WARN
, "pool '%s' could not be "
3217 "loaded as it was last accessed by "
3218 "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%llx). "
3219 "See: https://openzfs.github.io/openzfs-docs/msg/"
3221 spa_name(spa
), hostname
, (u_longlong_t
)hostid
);
3222 spa_load_failed(spa
, "hostid verification failed: pool "
3223 "last accessed by host: %s (hostid: 0x%llx)",
3224 hostname
, (u_longlong_t
)hostid
);
3225 return (SET_ERROR(EBADF
));
3233 spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
3236 nvlist_t
*nvtree
, *nvl
, *config
= spa
->spa_config
;
3243 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
3244 * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
3246 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
3247 &spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
) != 0)
3248 spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
= SPA_VERSION_INITIAL
;
3250 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
, &pool_guid
)) {
3251 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
3252 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
);
3253 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
3257 * If we are doing an import, ensure that the pool is not already
3258 * imported by checking if its pool guid already exists in the
3261 * The only case that we allow an already imported pool to be
3262 * imported again, is when the pool is checkpointed and we want to
3263 * look at its checkpointed state from userland tools like zdb.
3266 if ((spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
3267 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) &&
3268 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid
, 0)) {
3270 if ((spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
3271 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) &&
3272 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid
, 0) &&
3273 !spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa
)) {
3275 spa_load_failed(spa
, "a pool with guid %llu is already open",
3276 (u_longlong_t
)pool_guid
);
3277 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
3280 spa
->spa_config_guid
= pool_guid
;
3282 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_load_info
);
3283 spa
->spa_load_info
= fnvlist_alloc();
3285 ASSERT(spa
->spa_comment
== NULL
);
3286 if (nvlist_lookup_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT
, &comment
) == 0)
3287 spa
->spa_comment
= spa_strdup(comment
);
3289 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
,
3290 &spa
->spa_config_txg
);
3292 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, &nvl
) == 0)
3293 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= fnvlist_dup(nvl
);
3295 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvtree
)) {
3296 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
3297 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
3298 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
3302 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
3304 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= kmem_alloc(max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *),
3306 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++) {
3307 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
3308 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
|
3309 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER
);
3313 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree. We explicitly set the
3314 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
3315 * configuration requires knowing the version number.
3317 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3318 parse
= (type
== SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
?
3319 VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD
: VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT
);
3320 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &rvd
, nvtree
, NULL
, 0, parse
);
3321 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3324 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to parse config [error=%d]",
3329 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== rvd
);
3330 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_min_ashift
, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT
);
3331 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_max_ashift
, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT
);
3333 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
3334 ASSERT(spa_guid(spa
) == pool_guid
);
3341 * Recursively open all vdevs in the vdev tree. This function is called twice:
3342 * first with the untrusted config, then with the trusted config.
3345 spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
)
3350 * spa_missing_tvds_allowed defines how many top-level vdevs can be
3351 * missing/unopenable for the root vdev to be still considered openable.
3353 if (spa
->spa_trust_config
) {
3354 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds
;
3355 } else if (spa
->spa_config_source
== SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
) {
3356 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile
;
3357 } else if (spa
->spa_config_source
== SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN
) {
3358 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan
;
3360 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= 0;
3363 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
=
3364 MAX(zfs_max_missing_tvds
, spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
);
3366 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3367 error
= vdev_open(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
3368 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3370 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0) {
3371 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev tree has %lld missing top-level "
3372 "vdevs.", (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_missing_tvds
);
3373 if (spa
->spa_trust_config
&& (spa
->spa_mode
& SPA_MODE_WRITE
)) {
3375 * Although theoretically we could allow users to open
3376 * incomplete pools in RW mode, we'd need to add a lot
3377 * of extra logic (e.g. adjust pool space to account
3378 * for missing vdevs).
3379 * This limitation also prevents users from accidentally
3380 * opening the pool in RW mode during data recovery and
3381 * damaging it further.
3383 spa_load_note(spa
, "pools with missing top-level "
3384 "vdevs can only be opened in read-only mode.");
3385 error
= SET_ERROR(ENXIO
);
3387 spa_load_note(spa
, "current settings allow for maximum "
3388 "%lld missing top-level vdevs at this stage.",
3389 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
);
3393 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to open vdev tree [error=%d]",
3396 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0 || error
!= 0)
3397 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, 2);
3403 * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
3404 * we have in hand. This function is called twice: first with an untrusted
3405 * config, then with a trusted config. The validation is more strict when the
3406 * config is trusted.
3409 spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
)
3412 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3414 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3415 error
= vdev_validate(rvd
);
3416 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3419 spa_load_failed(spa
, "vdev_validate failed [error=%d]", error
);
3423 if (rvd
->vdev_state
<= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
3424 spa_load_failed(spa
, "cannot open vdev tree after invalidating "
3426 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3427 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
3434 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
)
3436 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
;
3437 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
3438 spa
->spa_verify_min_txg
= spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
?
3439 TXG_INITIAL
- 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE
- 1;
3440 spa
->spa_first_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
?
3441 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
: spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) + 1;
3442 spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
= spa
->spa_first_txg
;
3443 spa
->spa_prev_software_version
= ub
->ub_software_version
;
3447 spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
3449 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3451 uberblock_t
*ub
= &spa
->spa_uberblock
;
3452 boolean_t activity_check
= B_FALSE
;
3455 * If we are opening the checkpointed state of the pool by
3456 * rewinding to it, at this point we will have written the
3457 * checkpointed uberblock to the vdev labels, so searching
3458 * the labels will find the right uberblock. However, if
3459 * we are opening the checkpointed state read-only, we have
3460 * not modified the labels. Therefore, we must ignore the
3461 * labels and continue using the spa_uberblock that was set
3462 * by spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind.
3464 * Note that it would be fine to ignore the labels when
3465 * rewinding (opening writeable) as well. However, if we
3466 * crash just after writing the labels, we will end up
3467 * searching the labels. Doing so in the common case means
3468 * that this code path gets exercised normally, rather than
3469 * just in the edge case.
3471 if (ub
->ub_checkpoint_txg
!= 0 &&
3472 spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa
)) {
3473 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa
, ub
);
3478 * Find the best uberblock.
3480 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &label
);
3483 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
3485 if (ub
->ub_txg
== 0) {
3487 spa_load_failed(spa
, "no valid uberblock found");
3488 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, ENXIO
));
3491 if (spa
->spa_load_max_txg
!= UINT64_MAX
) {
3492 (void) spa_import_progress_set_max_txg(spa_guid(spa
),
3493 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_load_max_txg
);
3495 spa_load_note(spa
, "using uberblock with txg=%llu",
3496 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_txg
);
3500 * For pools which have the multihost property on determine if the
3501 * pool is truly inactive and can be safely imported. Prevent
3502 * hosts which don't have a hostid set from importing the pool.
3504 activity_check
= spa_activity_check_required(spa
, ub
, label
,
3506 if (activity_check
) {
3507 if (ub
->ub_mmp_magic
== MMP_MAGIC
&& ub
->ub_mmp_delay
&&
3508 spa_get_hostid(spa
) == 0) {
3510 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3511 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID
);
3512 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
));
3515 int error
= spa_activity_check(spa
, ub
, spa
->spa_config
);
3521 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3522 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_INACTIVE
);
3523 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3524 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
, ub
->ub_txg
);
3525 fnvlist_add_uint16(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3526 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ
,
3527 (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0));
3531 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
3533 if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub
->ub_version
)) {
3535 spa_load_failed(spa
, "version %llu is not supported",
3536 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_version
);
3537 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER
, ENOTSUP
));
3540 if (ub
->ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3544 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
3545 * MOS in the label, return failure.
3547 if (label
== NULL
) {
3548 spa_load_failed(spa
, "label config unavailable");
3549 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
3553 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ
,
3556 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid label: '%s' missing",
3557 ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ
);
3558 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
3563 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
3566 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_label_features
);
3567 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(features
, &spa
->spa_label_features
, 0) == 0);
3573 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
3574 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
3575 * cannot open a pool.
3577 if (ub
->ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3578 nvlist_t
*unsup_feat
;
3580 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&unsup_feat
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) ==
3583 for (nvpair_t
*nvp
= nvlist_next_nvpair(spa
->spa_label_features
,
3585 nvp
= nvlist_next_nvpair(spa
->spa_label_features
, nvp
)) {
3586 if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp
))) {
3587 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(unsup_feat
,
3588 nvpair_name(nvp
), "") == 0);
3592 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat
)) {
3593 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3594 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT
, unsup_feat
) == 0);
3595 nvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3596 spa_load_failed(spa
, "some features are unsupported");
3597 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
3601 nvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3604 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
&& spa
->spa_config_splitting
) {
3605 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3606 spa_try_repair(spa
, spa
->spa_config
);
3607 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3608 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_splitting
);
3609 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
3613 * Initialize internal SPA structures.
3615 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa
, ub
);
3621 spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa_t
*spa
)
3624 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3626 error
= dsl_pool_init(spa
, spa
->spa_first_txg
, &spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
3628 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to open rootbp in dsl_pool_init "
3629 "[error=%d]", error
);
3630 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3632 spa
->spa_meta_objset
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_meta_objset
;
3638 spa_ld_trusted_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
3639 boolean_t reloading
)
3641 vdev_t
*mrvd
, *rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3642 nvlist_t
*nv
, *mos_config
, *policy
;
3643 int error
= 0, copy_error
;
3644 uint64_t healthy_tvds
, healthy_tvds_mos
;
3645 uint64_t mos_config_txg
;
3647 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_CONFIG
, &spa
->spa_config_object
, B_TRUE
)
3649 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3652 * If we're assembling a pool from a split, the config provided is
3653 * already trusted so there is nothing to do.
3655 if (type
== SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
)
3658 healthy_tvds
= spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa
);
3660 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, &mos_config
)
3662 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
3663 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3667 * If we are doing an open, pool owner wasn't verified yet, thus do
3668 * the verification here.
3670 if (spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_OPEN
) {
3671 error
= spa_verify_host(spa
, mos_config
);
3673 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3678 nv
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
3680 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3683 * Build a new vdev tree from the trusted config
3685 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &mrvd
, nv
, NULL
, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD
);
3687 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3688 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3689 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_config_parse failed [error=%d]",
3691 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
3695 * Vdev paths in the MOS may be obsolete. If the untrusted config was
3696 * obtained by scanning /dev/dsk, then it will have the right vdev
3697 * paths. We update the trusted MOS config with this information.
3698 * We first try to copy the paths with vdev_copy_path_strict, which
3699 * succeeds only when both configs have exactly the same vdev tree.
3700 * If that fails, we fall back to a more flexible method that has a
3701 * best effort policy.
3703 copy_error
= vdev_copy_path_strict(rvd
, mrvd
);
3704 if (copy_error
!= 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree
) {
3705 spa_load_note(spa
, "provided vdev tree:");
3706 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3707 spa_load_note(spa
, "MOS vdev tree:");
3708 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(mrvd
, 2);
3710 if (copy_error
!= 0) {
3711 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev_copy_path_strict failed, falling "
3712 "back to vdev_copy_path_relaxed");
3713 vdev_copy_path_relaxed(rvd
, mrvd
);
3718 spa
->spa_root_vdev
= mrvd
;
3720 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3723 * We will use spa_config if we decide to reload the spa or if spa_load
3724 * fails and we rewind. We must thus regenerate the config using the
3725 * MOS information with the updated paths. ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY is used to
3726 * pass settings on how to load the pool and is not stored in the MOS.
3727 * We copy it over to our new, trusted config.
3729 mos_config_txg
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config
,
3730 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
);
3731 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3732 mos_config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, mos_config_txg
, B_FALSE
);
3733 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa
->spa_config
, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY
,
3735 fnvlist_add_nvlist(mos_config
, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY
, policy
);
3736 spa_config_set(spa
, mos_config
);
3737 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_MOS
;
3740 * Now that we got the config from the MOS, we should be more strict
3741 * in checking blkptrs and can make assumptions about the consistency
3742 * of the vdev tree. spa_trust_config must be set to true before opening
3743 * vdevs in order for them to be writeable.
3745 spa
->spa_trust_config
= B_TRUE
;
3748 * Open and validate the new vdev tree
3750 error
= spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa
);
3754 error
= spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa
);
3758 if (copy_error
!= 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree
) {
3759 spa_load_note(spa
, "final vdev tree:");
3760 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3763 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
&&
3764 !spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
&& zfs_max_missing_tvds
== 0) {
3766 * Sanity check to make sure that we are indeed loading the
3767 * latest uberblock. If we missed SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS tvds
3768 * in the config provided and they happened to be the only ones
3769 * to have the latest uberblock, we could involuntarily perform
3770 * an extreme rewind.
3772 healthy_tvds_mos
= spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa
);
3773 if (healthy_tvds_mos
- healthy_tvds
>=
3774 SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
) {
3775 spa_load_note(spa
, "config provided misses too many "
3776 "top-level vdevs compared to MOS (%lld vs %lld). ",
3777 (u_longlong_t
)healthy_tvds
,
3778 (u_longlong_t
)healthy_tvds_mos
);
3779 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev tree:");
3780 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3782 spa_load_failed(spa
, "config was already "
3783 "provided from MOS. Aborting.");
3784 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
,
3785 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3787 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa must be reloaded using MOS "
3789 return (SET_ERROR(EAGAIN
));
3793 error
= spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa
);
3795 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM
, ENXIO
));
3797 if (rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
!= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_guid_sum
) {
3798 spa_load_failed(spa
, "uberblock guid sum doesn't match MOS "
3799 "guid sum (%llu != %llu)",
3800 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_guid_sum
,
3801 (u_longlong_t
)rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
);
3802 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM
,
3810 spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
3813 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3816 * Everything that we read before spa_remove_init() must be stored
3817 * on concreted vdevs. Therefore we do this as early as possible.
3819 error
= spa_remove_init(spa
);
3821 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_remove_init failed [error=%d]",
3823 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3827 * Retrieve information needed to condense indirect vdev mappings.
3829 error
= spa_condense_init(spa
);
3831 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_condense_init failed [error=%d]",
3833 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
3840 spa_ld_check_features(spa_t
*spa
, boolean_t
*missing_feat_writep
)
3843 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3845 if (spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3846 boolean_t missing_feat_read
= B_FALSE
;
3847 nvlist_t
*unsup_feat
, *enabled_feat
;
3849 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ
,
3850 &spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3851 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3854 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE
,
3855 &spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3856 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3859 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS
,
3860 &spa
->spa_feat_desc_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3861 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3864 enabled_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
3865 unsup_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
3867 if (!spa_features_check(spa
, B_FALSE
,
3868 unsup_feat
, enabled_feat
))
3869 missing_feat_read
= B_TRUE
;
3871 if (spa_writeable(spa
) ||
3872 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
3873 if (!spa_features_check(spa
, B_TRUE
,
3874 unsup_feat
, enabled_feat
)) {
3875 *missing_feat_writep
= B_TRUE
;
3879 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3880 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT
, enabled_feat
);
3882 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat
)) {
3883 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3884 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT
, unsup_feat
);
3887 fnvlist_free(enabled_feat
);
3888 fnvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3890 if (!missing_feat_read
) {
3891 fnvlist_add_boolean(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3892 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY
);
3896 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
3897 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
3898 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
3899 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
3900 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
3901 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
3902 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
3903 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
3904 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
3905 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
3906 * available for open in read-only mode.
3908 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
3909 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
3910 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
3911 * userland in order to know whether to display the
3912 * abovementioned note.
3914 if (missing_feat_read
|| (*missing_feat_writep
&&
3915 spa_writeable(spa
))) {
3916 spa_load_failed(spa
, "pool uses unsupported features");
3917 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
3922 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
3923 * cache during SPA initialization.
3925 for (spa_feature_t i
= 0; i
< SPA_FEATURES
; i
++) {
3928 error
= feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa
,
3929 &spa_feature_table
[i
], &refcount
);
3931 spa
->spa_feat_refcount_cache
[i
] = refcount
;
3932 } else if (error
== ENOTSUP
) {
3933 spa
->spa_feat_refcount_cache
[i
] =
3934 SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED
;
3936 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error getting refcount "
3937 "for feature %s [error=%d]",
3938 spa_feature_table
[i
].fi_guid
, error
);
3939 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
,
3940 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3945 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG
)) {
3946 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG
,
3947 &spa
->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
3948 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3952 * Encryption was added before bookmark_v2, even though bookmark_v2
3953 * is now a dependency. If this pool has encryption enabled without
3954 * bookmark_v2, trigger an errata message.
3956 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION
) &&
3957 !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_BOOKMARK_V2
)) {
3958 spa
->spa_errata
= ZPOOL_ERRATA_ZOL_8308_ENCRYPTION
;
3965 spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa_t
*spa
)
3968 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3970 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_TRUE
;
3971 error
= dsl_pool_open(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
3972 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_FALSE
;
3974 spa_load_failed(spa
, "dsl_pool_open failed [error=%d]", error
);
3975 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3982 spa_ld_get_props(spa_t
*spa
)
3986 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3988 /* Grab the checksum salt from the MOS. */
3989 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
3990 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
, 1,
3991 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
),
3992 spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
);
3993 if (error
== ENOENT
) {
3994 /* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
3995 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
,
3996 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
));
3997 } else if (error
!= 0) {
3998 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve checksum salt from "
3999 "MOS [error=%d]", error
);
4000 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4003 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ
, &obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
4004 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4005 error
= bpobj_open(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
);
4007 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error opening deferred-frees bpobj "
4008 "[error=%d]", error
);
4009 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4013 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
4014 * (raid-z deflation). If we have an older pool, this will not
4017 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
, &spa
->spa_deflate
, B_FALSE
);
4018 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4019 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4021 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION
,
4022 &spa
->spa_creation_version
, B_FALSE
);
4023 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4024 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4027 * Load the persistent error log. If we have an older pool, this will
4030 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST
, &spa
->spa_errlog_last
,
4032 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4033 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4035 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB
,
4036 &spa
->spa_errlog_scrub
, B_FALSE
);
4037 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4038 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4041 * Load the livelist deletion field. If a livelist is queued for
4042 * deletion, indicate that in the spa
4044 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES
,
4045 &spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
, B_FALSE
);
4046 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4047 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4050 * Load the history object. If we have an older pool, this
4051 * will not be present.
4053 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_HISTORY
, &spa
->spa_history
, B_FALSE
);
4054 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4055 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4058 * Load the per-vdev ZAP map. If we have an older pool, this will not
4059 * be present; in this case, defer its creation to a later time to
4060 * avoid dirtying the MOS this early / out of sync context. See
4061 * spa_sync_config_object.
4064 /* The sentinel is only available in the MOS config. */
4065 nvlist_t
*mos_config
;
4066 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, &mos_config
) != 0) {
4067 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
4068 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4071 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
,
4072 &spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, B_FALSE
);
4074 if (error
== ENOENT
) {
4075 VERIFY(!nvlist_exists(mos_config
,
4076 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
));
4077 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE
;
4078 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
));
4079 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4080 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4081 } else if (!nvlist_exists(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
)) {
4083 * An older version of ZFS overwrote the sentinel value, so
4084 * we have orphaned per-vdev ZAPs in the MOS. Defer their
4085 * destruction to later; see spa_sync_config_object.
4087 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY
;
4089 * We're assuming that no vdevs have had their ZAPs created
4090 * before this. Better be sure of it.
4092 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
));
4094 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
4096 spa
->spa_delegation
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
);
4098 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_PROPS
, &spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
4100 if (error
&& error
!= ENOENT
)
4101 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4104 uint64_t autoreplace
;
4106 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
, &spa
->spa_bootfs
);
4107 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE
, &autoreplace
);
4108 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
, &spa
->spa_delegation
);
4109 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
, &spa
->spa_failmode
);
4110 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
, &spa
->spa_autoexpand
);
4111 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
, &spa
->spa_multihost
);
4112 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
, &spa
->spa_autotrim
);
4113 spa
->spa_autoreplace
= (autoreplace
!= 0);
4117 * If we are importing a pool with missing top-level vdevs,
4118 * we enforce that the pool doesn't panic or get suspended on
4119 * error since the likelihood of missing data is extremely high.
4121 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
> 0 &&
4122 spa
->spa_failmode
!= ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE
&&
4123 spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4124 spa_load_note(spa
, "forcing failmode to 'continue' "
4125 "as some top level vdevs are missing");
4126 spa
->spa_failmode
= ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE
;
4133 spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
4136 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4139 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
4140 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
4145 * Load any hot spares for this pool.
4147 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_SPARES
, &spa
->spa_spares
.sav_object
,
4149 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4150 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4151 if (error
== 0 && type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4152 ASSERT(spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES
);
4153 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_object
,
4154 &spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) != 0) {
4155 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error loading spares nvlist");
4156 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4159 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4160 spa_load_spares(spa
);
4161 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4162 } else if (error
== 0) {
4163 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
4167 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
4169 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE
,
4170 &spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_object
, B_FALSE
);
4171 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4172 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4173 if (error
== 0 && type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4174 ASSERT(spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE
);
4175 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_object
,
4176 &spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) != 0) {
4177 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error loading l2cache nvlist");
4178 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4181 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4182 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
4183 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4184 } else if (error
== 0) {
4185 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
4192 spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
4195 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4198 * If the 'multihost' property is set, then never allow a pool to
4199 * be imported when the system hostid is zero. The exception to
4200 * this rule is zdb which is always allowed to access pools.
4202 if (spa_multihost(spa
) && spa_get_hostid(spa
) == 0 &&
4203 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP
) == 0) {
4204 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4205 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID
);
4206 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
));
4210 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
4211 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
4212 * devices. We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
4213 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
4216 if (spa
->spa_autoreplace
&& spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4217 spa_check_removed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4219 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
4220 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
4221 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
4223 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
) {
4224 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_spares
);
4225 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_l2cache
);
4230 * Load the vdev metadata such as metaslabs, DTLs, spacemap object, etc.
4232 error
= vdev_load(rvd
);
4234 spa_load_failed(spa
, "vdev_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
4235 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
4238 error
= spa_ld_log_spacemaps(spa
);
4240 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_ld_log_sm_data failed [error=%d]",
4242 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
4246 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the vdev tree.
4248 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4249 vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd
, 0, 0, B_FALSE
, B_FALSE
);
4250 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4256 spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa_t
*spa
)
4259 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4261 error
= ddt_load(spa
);
4263 spa_load_failed(spa
, "ddt_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
4264 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4271 spa_ld_verify_logs(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
)
4273 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4275 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
&& spa_writeable(spa
)) {
4276 boolean_t missing
= spa_check_logs(spa
);
4278 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0) {
4279 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_check_logs failed "
4280 "so dropping the logs");
4282 *ereport
= FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY
;
4283 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_check_logs failed");
4284 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG
,
4294 spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa_t
*spa
)
4297 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4300 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
4301 * to start pushing transactions.
4303 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4304 error
= spa_load_verify(spa
);
4306 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_load_verify failed "
4307 "[error=%d]", error
);
4308 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
4317 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa_t
*spa
)
4320 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
4323 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
4324 * This must all happen in a single txg.
4325 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
4326 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
4327 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
4329 spa
->spa_claiming
= B_TRUE
;
4331 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, spa_first_txg(spa
));
4332 (void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp
, dp
->dp_root_dir_obj
,
4333 zil_claim
, tx
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
4336 spa
->spa_claiming
= B_FALSE
;
4338 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_GOOD
);
4342 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t config_cache_txg
,
4343 boolean_t update_config_cache
)
4345 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4346 int need_update
= B_FALSE
;
4349 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
4350 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
4352 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
4353 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
4355 if (update_config_cache
|| config_cache_txg
!= spa
->spa_config_txg
||
4356 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
4357 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
||
4358 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM
))
4359 need_update
= B_TRUE
;
4361 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
4362 if (rvd
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ms_array
== 0)
4363 need_update
= B_TRUE
;
4366 * Update the config cache asynchronously in case we're the
4367 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
4370 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
4374 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa_t
*spa
)
4376 spa_mode_t mode
= spa
->spa_mode
;
4377 int async_suspended
= spa
->spa_async_suspended
;
4380 spa_deactivate(spa
);
4381 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
4384 * We save the value of spa_async_suspended as it gets reset to 0 by
4385 * spa_unload(). We want to restore it back to the original value before
4386 * returning as we might be calling spa_async_resume() later.
4388 spa
->spa_async_suspended
= async_suspended
;
4392 spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa_t
*spa
)
4394 uberblock_t checkpoint
;
4397 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_checkpoint_txg
);
4398 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4400 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
4401 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
, sizeof (uint64_t),
4402 sizeof (uberblock_t
) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint
);
4404 if (error
== ENOENT
)
4410 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, !=, 0);
4411 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_checkpoint_txg
, !=, 0);
4412 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
, !=, 0);
4413 spa
->spa_checkpoint_txg
= checkpoint
.ub_txg
;
4414 spa
->spa_checkpoint_info
.sci_timestamp
= checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
;
4420 spa_ld_mos_init(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
4424 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4425 ASSERT(spa
->spa_config_source
!= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE
);
4428 * Never trust the config that is provided unless we are assembling
4429 * a pool following a split.
4430 * This means don't trust blkptrs and the vdev tree in general. This
4431 * also effectively puts the spa in read-only mode since
4432 * spa_writeable() checks for spa_trust_config to be true.
4433 * We will later load a trusted config from the MOS.
4435 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
)
4436 spa
->spa_trust_config
= B_FALSE
;
4439 * Parse the config provided to create a vdev tree.
4441 error
= spa_ld_parse_config(spa
, type
);
4445 spa_import_progress_add(spa
);
4448 * Now that we have the vdev tree, try to open each vdev. This involves
4449 * opening the underlying physical device, retrieving its geometry and
4450 * probing the vdev with a dummy I/O. The state of each vdev will be set
4451 * based on the success of those operations. After this we'll be ready
4452 * to read from the vdevs.
4454 error
= spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa
);
4459 * Read the label of each vdev and make sure that the GUIDs stored
4460 * there match the GUIDs in the config provided.
4461 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
4462 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
4463 * validation for now.
4465 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4466 error
= spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa
);
4472 * Read all vdev labels to find the best uberblock (i.e. latest,
4473 * unless spa_load_max_txg is set) and store it in spa_uberblock. We
4474 * get the list of features required to read blkptrs in the MOS from
4475 * the vdev label with the best uberblock and verify that our version
4476 * of zfs supports them all.
4478 error
= spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa
, type
);
4483 * Pass that uberblock to the dsl_pool layer which will open the root
4484 * blkptr. This blkptr points to the latest version of the MOS and will
4485 * allow us to read its contents.
4487 error
= spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa
);
4495 spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa_t
*spa
)
4497 uberblock_t checkpoint
;
4500 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4501 ASSERT(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4503 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
4504 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
, sizeof (uint64_t),
4505 sizeof (uberblock_t
) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint
);
4508 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve checkpointed "
4509 "uberblock from the MOS config [error=%d]", error
);
4511 if (error
== ENOENT
)
4512 error
= ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT
;
4517 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, <, spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
);
4518 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, ==, checkpoint
.ub_checkpoint_txg
);
4521 * We need to update the txg and timestamp of the checkpointed
4522 * uberblock to be higher than the latest one. This ensures that
4523 * the checkpointed uberblock is selected if we were to close and
4524 * reopen the pool right after we've written it in the vdev labels.
4525 * (also see block comment in vdev_uberblock_compare)
4527 checkpoint
.ub_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
+ 1;
4528 checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
= gethrestime_sec();
4531 * Set current uberblock to be the checkpointed uberblock.
4533 spa
->spa_uberblock
= checkpoint
;
4536 * If we are doing a normal rewind, then the pool is open for
4537 * writing and we sync the "updated" checkpointed uberblock to
4538 * disk. Once this is done, we've basically rewound the whole
4539 * pool and there is no way back.
4541 * There are cases when we don't want to attempt and sync the
4542 * checkpointed uberblock to disk because we are opening a
4543 * pool as read-only. Specifically, verifying the checkpointed
4544 * state with zdb, and importing the checkpointed state to get
4545 * a "preview" of its content.
4547 if (spa_writeable(spa
)) {
4548 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4550 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4551 vdev_t
*svd
[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
] = { NULL
};
4553 int children
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
4554 int c0
= spa_get_random(children
);
4556 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
4557 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[(c0
+ c
) % children
];
4559 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
4560 if (c
> 0 && svd
[0] == vd
)
4563 if (vd
->vdev_ms_array
== 0 || vd
->vdev_islog
||
4564 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
4567 svd
[svdcount
++] = vd
;
4568 if (svdcount
== SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
)
4571 error
= vdev_config_sync(svd
, svdcount
, spa
->spa_first_txg
);
4573 spa
->spa_last_synced_guid
= rvd
->vdev_guid
;
4574 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4577 spa_load_failed(spa
, "failed to write checkpointed "
4578 "uberblock to the vdev labels [error=%d]", error
);
4587 spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
4588 boolean_t
*update_config_cache
)
4593 * Parse the config for pool, open and validate vdevs,
4594 * select an uberblock, and use that uberblock to open
4597 error
= spa_ld_mos_init(spa
, type
);
4602 * Retrieve the trusted config stored in the MOS and use it to create
4603 * a new, exact version of the vdev tree, then reopen all vdevs.
4605 error
= spa_ld_trusted_config(spa
, type
, B_FALSE
);
4606 if (error
== EAGAIN
) {
4607 if (update_config_cache
!= NULL
)
4608 *update_config_cache
= B_TRUE
;
4611 * Redo the loading process with the trusted config if it is
4612 * too different from the untrusted config.
4614 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa
);
4615 spa_load_note(spa
, "RELOADING");
4616 error
= spa_ld_mos_init(spa
, type
);
4620 error
= spa_ld_trusted_config(spa
, type
, B_TRUE
);
4624 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4632 * Load an existing storage pool, using the config provided. This config
4633 * describes which vdevs are part of the pool and is later validated against
4634 * partial configs present in each vdev's label and an entire copy of the
4635 * config stored in the MOS.
4638 spa_load_impl(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
)
4641 boolean_t missing_feat_write
= B_FALSE
;
4642 boolean_t checkpoint_rewind
=
4643 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4644 boolean_t update_config_cache
= B_FALSE
;
4646 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4647 ASSERT(spa
->spa_config_source
!= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE
);
4649 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADING");
4651 error
= spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa
, type
, &update_config_cache
);
4656 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint then we need to repeat
4657 * everything we've done so far in this function but this time
4658 * selecting the checkpointed uberblock and using that to open
4661 if (checkpoint_rewind
) {
4663 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint update config cache
4666 update_config_cache
= B_TRUE
;
4669 * Extract the checkpointed uberblock from the current MOS
4670 * and use this as the pool's uberblock from now on. If the
4671 * pool is imported as writeable we also write the checkpoint
4672 * uberblock to the labels, making the rewind permanent.
4674 error
= spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa
);
4679 * Redo the loading process again with the
4680 * checkpointed uberblock.
4682 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa
);
4683 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADING checkpointed uberblock");
4684 error
= spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa
, type
, NULL
);
4690 * Retrieve the checkpoint txg if the pool has a checkpoint.
4692 error
= spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa
);
4697 * Retrieve the mapping of indirect vdevs. Those vdevs were removed
4698 * from the pool and their contents were re-mapped to other vdevs. Note
4699 * that everything that we read before this step must have been
4700 * rewritten on concrete vdevs after the last device removal was
4701 * initiated. Otherwise we could be reading from indirect vdevs before
4702 * we have loaded their mappings.
4704 error
= spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa
);
4709 * Retrieve the full list of active features from the MOS and check if
4710 * they are all supported.
4712 error
= spa_ld_check_features(spa
, &missing_feat_write
);
4717 * Load several special directories from the MOS needed by the dsl_pool
4720 error
= spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa
);
4725 * Retrieve pool properties from the MOS.
4727 error
= spa_ld_get_props(spa
);
4732 * Retrieve the list of auxiliary devices - cache devices and spares -
4735 error
= spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa
, type
);
4740 * Load the metadata for all vdevs. Also check if unopenable devices
4741 * should be autoreplaced.
4743 error
= spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa
);
4747 error
= spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa
);
4752 * Verify the logs now to make sure we don't have any unexpected errors
4753 * when we claim log blocks later.
4755 error
= spa_ld_verify_logs(spa
, type
, ereport
);
4759 if (missing_feat_write
) {
4760 ASSERT(spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
);
4763 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
4764 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
4765 * information and can return to userland.
4767 return (spa_vdev_err(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
4772 * Traverse the last txgs to make sure the pool was left off in a safe
4773 * state. When performing an extreme rewind, we verify the whole pool,
4774 * which can take a very long time.
4776 error
= spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa
);
4781 * Calculate the deflated space for the pool. This must be done before
4782 * we write anything to the pool because we'd need to update the space
4783 * accounting using the deflated sizes.
4785 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
4788 * We have now retrieved all the information we needed to open the
4789 * pool. If we are importing the pool in read-write mode, a few
4790 * additional steps must be performed to finish the import.
4792 if (spa_writeable(spa
) && (spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
||
4793 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
== UINT64_MAX
)) {
4794 uint64_t config_cache_txg
= spa
->spa_config_txg
;
4796 ASSERT(spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
);
4799 * In case of a checkpoint rewind, log the original txg
4800 * of the checkpointed uberblock.
4802 if (checkpoint_rewind
) {
4803 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "checkpoint rewind",
4804 NULL
, "rewound state to txg=%llu",
4805 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_checkpoint_txg
);
4809 * Traverse the ZIL and claim all blocks.
4811 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa
);
4814 * Kick-off the syncing thread.
4816 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_TRUE
;
4817 txg_sync_start(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4818 mmp_thread_start(spa
);
4821 * Wait for all claims to sync. We sync up to the highest
4822 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
4823 * don't appear to be from the future. spa_claim_max_txg
4824 * will have been set for us by ZIL traversal operations
4827 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
);
4830 * Check if we need to request an update of the config. On the
4831 * next sync, we would update the config stored in vdev labels
4832 * and the cachefile (by default /etc/zfs/zpool.cache).
4834 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa
, config_cache_txg
,
4835 update_config_cache
);
4838 * Check if a rebuild was in progress and if so resume it.
4839 * Then check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
4840 * The resilver will be deferred if a rebuild was started.
4842 if (vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) {
4843 vdev_rebuild_restart(spa
);
4844 } else if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
) &&
4845 vdev_resilver_needed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, NULL
, NULL
)) {
4846 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER
);
4850 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
4851 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
4853 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "open", NULL
);
4855 spa_restart_removal(spa
);
4856 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa
);
4859 * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
4862 * Since we may be issuing deletes for clones here,
4863 * we make sure to do so after we've spawned all the
4864 * auxiliary threads above (from which the livelist
4865 * deletion zthr is part of).
4867 (void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa
),
4868 dsl_destroy_inconsistent
, NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
4871 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
4873 dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4875 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
4876 vdev_initialize_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4877 vdev_trim_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4878 vdev_autotrim_restart(spa
);
4879 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
4882 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
4883 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD
);
4885 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADED");
4891 spa_load_retry(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
)
4893 spa_mode_t mode
= spa
->spa_mode
;
4896 spa_deactivate(spa
);
4898 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
- 1;
4900 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
4901 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
4903 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_load_retry: rewind, max txg: %llu",
4904 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_load_max_txg
);
4906 return (spa_load(spa
, state
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
));
4910 * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
4911 * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
4912 * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
4913 * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
4917 spa_load_best(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
, uint64_t max_request
,
4920 nvlist_t
*loadinfo
= NULL
;
4921 nvlist_t
*config
= NULL
;
4922 int load_error
, rewind_error
;
4923 uint64_t safe_rewind_txg
;
4926 if (spa
->spa_load_txg
&& state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
4927 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
;
4928 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
4930 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= max_request
;
4931 if (max_request
!= UINT64_MAX
)
4932 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
4935 load_error
= rewind_error
= spa_load(spa
, state
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
);
4936 if (load_error
== 0)
4938 if (load_error
== ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT
) {
4940 * When attempting checkpoint-rewind on a pool with no
4941 * checkpoint, we should not attempt to load uberblocks
4942 * from previous txgs when spa_load fails.
4944 ASSERT(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4945 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
4946 return (load_error
);
4949 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
)
4950 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
4952 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
4953 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
;
4955 if (rewind_flags
& ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND
) {
4956 nvlist_free(config
);
4957 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
4958 return (load_error
);
4961 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
4962 /* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
4963 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
4966 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
4967 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
4970 loadinfo
= spa
->spa_load_info
;
4971 spa
->spa_load_info
= fnvlist_alloc();
4974 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
;
4975 safe_rewind_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
- TXG_DEFER_SIZE
;
4976 min_txg
= (rewind_flags
& ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND
) ?
4977 TXG_INITIAL
: safe_rewind_txg
;
4980 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
4981 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
4983 while (rewind_error
&& spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
>= min_txg
&&
4984 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
<= spa
->spa_load_max_txg
) {
4985 if (spa
->spa_load_max_txg
< safe_rewind_txg
)
4986 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
4987 rewind_error
= spa_load_retry(spa
, state
);
4990 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_FALSE
;
4991 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= UINT64_MAX
;
4993 if (config
&& (rewind_error
|| state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
))
4994 spa_config_set(spa
, config
);
4996 nvlist_free(config
);
4998 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
4999 ASSERT3P(loadinfo
, ==, NULL
);
5000 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5001 return (rewind_error
);
5003 /* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
5004 fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO
,
5005 spa
->spa_load_info
);
5007 /* Restore the initial load info */
5008 fnvlist_free(spa
->spa_load_info
);
5009 spa
->spa_load_info
= loadinfo
;
5011 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5012 return (load_error
);
5019 * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
5020 * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache. For the
5021 * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
5022 * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
5024 * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
5025 * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
5029 spa_open_common(const char *pool
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
, nvlist_t
*nvpolicy
,
5033 spa_load_state_t state
= SPA_LOAD_OPEN
;
5035 int locked
= B_FALSE
;
5036 int firstopen
= B_FALSE
;
5041 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
5042 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
5043 * up calling spa_open() again. The real fix is to figure out how to
5044 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
5046 if (MUTEX_NOT_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
)) {
5047 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5051 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(pool
)) == NULL
) {
5053 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5054 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
5057 if (spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
5058 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
5062 zpool_get_load_policy(nvpolicy
? nvpolicy
: spa
->spa_config
,
5064 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_DO_REWIND
)
5065 state
= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
;
5067 spa_activate(spa
, spa_mode_global
);
5069 if (state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
)
5070 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5071 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
;
5073 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_open_common: opening %s", pool
);
5074 error
= spa_load_best(spa
, state
, policy
.zlp_txg
,
5077 if (error
== EBADF
) {
5079 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
5080 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
5081 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed. If
5082 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
5083 * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
5086 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5087 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
);
5090 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5091 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
5096 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
5097 * information: the state of each vdev after the
5098 * attempted vdev_open(). Return this to the user.
5100 if (config
!= NULL
&& spa
->spa_config
) {
5101 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa
->spa_config
, config
,
5103 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config
,
5104 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
5105 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
5108 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5109 spa
->spa_last_open_failed
= error
;
5111 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5117 spa_open_ref(spa
, tag
);
5120 *config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
5123 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
5124 * gathered while doing the load.
5126 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5127 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
5128 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
5132 spa
->spa_last_open_failed
= 0;
5133 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= 0;
5134 spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5135 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5139 zvol_create_minors_recursive(spa_name(spa
));
5147 spa_open_rewind(const char *name
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
, nvlist_t
*policy
,
5150 return (spa_open_common(name
, spapp
, tag
, policy
, config
));
5154 spa_open(const char *name
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
)
5156 return (spa_open_common(name
, spapp
, tag
, NULL
, NULL
));
5160 * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
5161 * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
5164 spa_inject_addref(char *name
)
5168 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5169 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(name
)) == NULL
) {
5170 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5173 spa
->spa_inject_ref
++;
5174 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5180 spa_inject_delref(spa_t
*spa
)
5182 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5183 spa
->spa_inject_ref
--;
5184 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5188 * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
5191 spa_add_spares(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5201 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5203 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
== 0)
5206 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
5207 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvroot
) == 0);
5208 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
5209 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) == 0);
5211 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5212 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, nspares
) == 0);
5213 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5214 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) == 0);
5217 * Go through and find any spares which have since been
5218 * repurposed as an active spare. If this is the case, update
5219 * their status appropriately.
5221 for (i
= 0; i
< nspares
; i
++) {
5222 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(spares
[i
],
5223 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
, &guid
) == 0);
5224 if (spa_spare_exists(guid
, &pool
, NULL
) &&
5226 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(
5227 spares
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS
,
5228 (uint64_t **)&vs
, &vsc
) == 0);
5229 vs
->vs_state
= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
;
5230 vs
->vs_aux
= VDEV_AUX_SPARED
;
5237 * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
5240 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5243 uint_t i
, j
, nl2cache
;
5250 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5252 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
== 0)
5255 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
5256 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvroot
) == 0);
5257 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5258 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0);
5259 if (nl2cache
!= 0) {
5260 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5261 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, nl2cache
) == 0);
5262 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5263 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0);
5266 * Update level 2 cache device stats.
5269 for (i
= 0; i
< nl2cache
; i
++) {
5270 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache
[i
],
5271 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
, &guid
) == 0);
5274 for (j
= 0; j
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; j
++) {
5276 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[j
]->vdev_guid
) {
5277 vd
= spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[j
];
5283 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache
[i
],
5284 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS
, (uint64_t **)&vs
, &vsc
)
5286 vdev_get_stats(vd
, vs
);
5287 vdev_config_generate_stats(vd
, l2cache
[i
]);
5294 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*features
)
5299 if (spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
!= 0) {
5300 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5301 spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
);
5302 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
5303 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
5304 ASSERT(za
.za_integer_length
== sizeof (uint64_t) &&
5305 za
.za_num_integers
== 1);
5306 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, za
.za_name
,
5307 za
.za_first_integer
));
5309 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
5312 if (spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
!= 0) {
5313 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5314 spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
);
5315 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
5316 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
5317 ASSERT(za
.za_integer_length
== sizeof (uint64_t) &&
5318 za
.za_num_integers
== 1);
5319 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, za
.za_name
,
5320 za
.za_first_integer
));
5322 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
5327 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*features
)
5331 for (i
= 0; i
< SPA_FEATURES
; i
++) {
5332 zfeature_info_t feature
= spa_feature_table
[i
];
5335 if (feature_get_refcount(spa
, &feature
, &refcount
) != 0)
5338 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, feature
.fi_guid
, refcount
));
5343 * Store a list of pool features and their reference counts in the
5346 * The first time this is called on a spa, allocate a new nvlist, fetch
5347 * the pool features and reference counts from disk, then save the list
5348 * in the spa. In subsequent calls on the same spa use the saved nvlist
5349 * and refresh its values from the cached reference counts. This
5350 * ensures we don't block here on I/O on a suspended pool so 'zpool
5351 * clear' can resume the pool.
5354 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5358 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5360 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_feat_stats_lock
);
5361 features
= spa
->spa_feat_stats
;
5363 if (features
!= NULL
) {
5364 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa
, features
);
5366 VERIFY0(nvlist_alloc(&features
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
));
5367 spa
->spa_feat_stats
= features
;
5368 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa
, features
);
5371 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS
,
5374 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_feat_stats_lock
);
5378 spa_get_stats(const char *name
, nvlist_t
**config
,
5379 char *altroot
, size_t buflen
)
5385 error
= spa_open_common(name
, &spa
, FTAG
, NULL
, config
);
5389 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
5390 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
5391 * self-inconsistent.
5393 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
5395 if (*config
!= NULL
) {
5396 uint64_t loadtimes
[2];
5398 loadtimes
[0] = spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_sec
;
5399 loadtimes
[1] = spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_nsec
;
5400 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(*config
,
5401 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME
, loadtimes
, 2) == 0);
5403 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5404 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT
,
5405 spa_get_errlog_size(spa
)) == 0);
5407 if (spa_suspended(spa
)) {
5408 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5409 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED
,
5410 spa
->spa_failmode
) == 0);
5411 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5412 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED_REASON
,
5413 spa
->spa_suspended
) == 0);
5416 spa_add_spares(spa
, *config
);
5417 spa_add_l2cache(spa
, *config
);
5418 spa_add_feature_stats(spa
, *config
);
5423 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
5424 * and call spa_lookup() directly.
5428 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5429 spa
= spa_lookup(name
);
5431 spa_altroot(spa
, altroot
, buflen
);
5435 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5437 spa_altroot(spa
, altroot
, buflen
);
5442 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
5443 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
5450 * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed. We must have an
5451 * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev. If this is an
5452 * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
5453 * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
5456 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, uint64_t crtxg
, int mode
,
5457 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, const char *config
, uint64_t version
,
5458 vdev_labeltype_t label
)
5465 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
5468 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
5470 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, &dev
, &ndev
) != 0)
5474 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
5477 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
5480 if (spa_version(spa
) < version
)
5481 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
5484 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
5487 sav
->sav_pending
= dev
;
5488 sav
->sav_npending
= ndev
;
5490 for (i
= 0; i
< ndev
; i
++) {
5491 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, dev
[i
], NULL
, 0,
5495 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
5497 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
5503 if ((error
= vdev_open(vd
)) == 0 &&
5504 (error
= vdev_label_init(vd
, crtxg
, label
)) == 0) {
5505 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(dev
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
5506 vd
->vdev_guid
) == 0);
5512 (mode
!= VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE
&& mode
!= VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE
))
5519 sav
->sav_pending
= NULL
;
5520 sav
->sav_npending
= 0;
5525 spa_validate_aux(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, uint64_t crtxg
, int mode
)
5529 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
5531 if ((error
= spa_validate_aux_devs(spa
, nvroot
, crtxg
, mode
,
5532 &spa
->spa_spares
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, SPA_VERSION_SPARES
,
5533 VDEV_LABEL_SPARE
)) != 0) {
5537 return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa
, nvroot
, crtxg
, mode
,
5538 &spa
->spa_l2cache
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE
,
5539 VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE
));
5543 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, nvlist_t
**devs
, int ndevs
,
5548 if (sav
->sav_config
!= NULL
) {
5554 * Generate new dev list by concatenating with the
5557 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5558 &olddevs
, &oldndevs
) == 0);
5560 newdevs
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
5561 (ndevs
+ oldndevs
), KM_SLEEP
);
5562 for (i
= 0; i
< oldndevs
; i
++)
5563 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(olddevs
[i
], &newdevs
[i
],
5565 for (i
= 0; i
< ndevs
; i
++)
5566 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(devs
[i
], &newdevs
[i
+ oldndevs
],
5569 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5570 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
5572 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
5573 config
, newdevs
, ndevs
+ oldndevs
) == 0);
5574 for (i
= 0; i
< oldndevs
+ ndevs
; i
++)
5575 nvlist_free(newdevs
[i
]);
5576 kmem_free(newdevs
, (oldndevs
+ ndevs
) * sizeof (void *));
5579 * Generate a new dev list.
5581 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&sav
->sav_config
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
,
5583 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5589 * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
5592 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t
*spa
)
5596 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_l2cache
;
5598 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++) {
5601 vd
= sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
];
5604 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd
->vdev_guid
, &pool
) &&
5605 pool
!= 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd
))
5606 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd
);
5611 * Verify encryption parameters for spa creation. If we are encrypting, we must
5612 * have the encryption feature flag enabled.
5615 spa_create_check_encryption_params(dsl_crypto_params_t
*dcp
,
5616 boolean_t has_encryption
)
5618 if (dcp
->cp_crypt
!= ZIO_CRYPT_OFF
&&
5619 dcp
->cp_crypt
!= ZIO_CRYPT_INHERIT
&&
5621 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
5623 return (dmu_objset_create_crypt_check(NULL
, dcp
, NULL
));
5630 spa_create(const char *pool
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, nvlist_t
*props
,
5631 nvlist_t
*zplprops
, dsl_crypto_params_t
*dcp
)
5634 char *altroot
= NULL
;
5639 uint64_t txg
= TXG_INITIAL
;
5640 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
5641 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
5642 uint64_t version
, obj
, ndraid
= 0;
5643 boolean_t has_features
;
5644 boolean_t has_encryption
;
5645 boolean_t has_allocclass
;
5651 if (props
== NULL
||
5652 nvlist_lookup_string(props
, "tname", &poolname
) != 0)
5653 poolname
= (char *)pool
;
5656 * If this pool already exists, return failure.
5658 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5659 if (spa_lookup(poolname
) != NULL
) {
5660 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5661 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
5665 * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
5667 nvl
= fnvlist_alloc();
5668 fnvlist_add_string(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, pool
);
5669 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
5670 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
5671 spa
= spa_add(poolname
, nvl
, altroot
);
5673 spa_activate(spa
, spa_mode_global
);
5675 if (props
&& (error
= spa_prop_validate(spa
, props
))) {
5676 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5678 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5683 * Temporary pool names should never be written to disk.
5685 if (poolname
!= pool
)
5686 spa
->spa_import_flags
|= ZFS_IMPORT_TEMP_NAME
;
5688 has_features
= B_FALSE
;
5689 has_encryption
= B_FALSE
;
5690 has_allocclass
= B_FALSE
;
5691 for (nvpair_t
*elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, NULL
);
5692 elem
!= NULL
; elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, elem
)) {
5693 if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
))) {
5694 has_features
= B_TRUE
;
5696 feat_name
= strchr(nvpair_name(elem
), '@') + 1;
5697 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(feat_name
, &feat
));
5698 if (feat
== SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION
)
5699 has_encryption
= B_TRUE
;
5700 if (feat
== SPA_FEATURE_ALLOCATION_CLASSES
)
5701 has_allocclass
= B_TRUE
;
5705 /* verify encryption params, if they were provided */
5707 error
= spa_create_check_encryption_params(dcp
, has_encryption
);
5709 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5711 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5715 if (!has_allocclass
&& zfs_special_devs(nvroot
, NULL
)) {
5716 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5718 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5722 if (has_features
|| nvlist_lookup_uint64(props
,
5723 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
), &version
) != 0) {
5724 version
= SPA_VERSION
;
5726 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version
));
5728 spa
->spa_first_txg
= txg
;
5729 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
= txg
- 1;
5730 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
5731 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
5732 spa
->spa_load_state
= SPA_LOAD_CREATE
;
5733 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_state
= DSS_NONE
;
5734 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_removing_vdev
= -1;
5735 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_prev_indirect_vdev
= -1;
5736 spa
->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded
= B_TRUE
;
5739 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
5741 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= kmem_alloc(max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *),
5743 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++) {
5744 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
5745 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
|
5746 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER
);
5750 * Create the root vdev.
5752 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5754 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &rvd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
);
5756 ASSERT(error
!= 0 || rvd
!= NULL
);
5757 ASSERT(error
!= 0 || spa
->spa_root_vdev
== rvd
);
5759 if (error
== 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot
))
5760 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
5763 (error
= vdev_create(rvd
, txg
, B_FALSE
)) == 0 &&
5764 (error
= vdev_draid_spare_create(nvroot
, rvd
, &ndraid
, 0)) == 0 &&
5765 (error
= spa_validate_aux(spa
, nvroot
, txg
, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) == 0) {
5767 * instantiate the metaslab groups (this will dirty the vdevs)
5768 * we can no longer error exit past this point
5770 for (int c
= 0; error
== 0 && c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
5771 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
5773 vdev_metaslab_set_size(vd
);
5774 vdev_expand(vd
, txg
);
5778 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5782 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5784 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5789 * Get the list of spares, if specified.
5791 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
5792 &spares
, &nspares
) == 0) {
5793 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
,
5795 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
5796 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, nspares
) == 0);
5797 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5798 spa_load_spares(spa
);
5799 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5800 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5804 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
5806 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
5807 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0) {
5808 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5809 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
5810 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5811 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, nl2cache
) == 0);
5812 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5813 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
5814 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5815 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5818 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_TRUE
;
5819 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
= dp
= dsl_pool_create(spa
, zplprops
, dcp
, txg
);
5820 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_FALSE
;
5823 * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
5827 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
5829 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, txg
);
5832 * Create the pool's history object.
5834 if (version
>= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY
&& !spa
->spa_history
)
5835 spa_history_create_obj(spa
, tx
);
5837 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE
);
5838 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "create", tx
);
5841 * Create the pool config object.
5843 spa
->spa_config_object
= dmu_object_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5844 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST
, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE
,
5845 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE
, sizeof (uint64_t), tx
);
5847 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5848 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CONFIG
,
5849 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_config_object
, tx
) != 0) {
5850 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add pool config");
5853 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5854 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION
,
5855 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version
, tx
) != 0) {
5856 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add pool version");
5859 /* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
5860 if (version
>= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
) {
5861 spa
->spa_deflate
= TRUE
;
5862 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5863 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
,
5864 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_deflate
, tx
) != 0) {
5865 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add deflate");
5870 * Create the deferred-free bpobj. Turn off compression
5871 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
5874 obj
= bpobj_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, 1 << 14, tx
);
5875 dmu_object_set_compress(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
,
5876 ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF
, tx
);
5877 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5878 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ
,
5879 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj
, tx
) != 0) {
5880 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add bpobj");
5882 VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
,
5883 spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
));
5886 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
5888 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
,
5889 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
));
5892 * Set pool properties.
5894 spa
->spa_bootfs
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
);
5895 spa
->spa_delegation
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
);
5896 spa
->spa_failmode
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
);
5897 spa
->spa_autoexpand
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
);
5898 spa
->spa_multihost
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
);
5899 spa
->spa_autotrim
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
);
5901 if (props
!= NULL
) {
5902 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
5903 spa_sync_props(props
, tx
);
5906 for (int i
= 0; i
< ndraid
; i
++)
5907 spa_feature_incr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_DRAID
, tx
);
5911 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_TRUE
;
5913 mmp_thread_start(spa
);
5914 txg_wait_synced(dp
, txg
);
5916 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa
);
5918 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
5921 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
5922 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
5924 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
5925 spa
->spa_minref
= zfs_refcount_count(&spa
->spa_refcount
);
5926 spa
->spa_load_state
= SPA_LOAD_NONE
;
5928 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5934 * Import a non-root pool into the system.
5937 spa_import(char *pool
, nvlist_t
*config
, nvlist_t
*props
, uint64_t flags
)
5940 char *altroot
= NULL
;
5941 spa_load_state_t state
= SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
;
5942 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
5943 spa_mode_t mode
= spa_mode_global
;
5944 uint64_t readonly
= B_FALSE
;
5947 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
5948 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
5951 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
5953 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5954 if (spa_lookup(pool
) != NULL
) {
5955 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5956 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
5960 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
5962 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
5963 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
5964 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props
,
5965 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
), &readonly
);
5967 mode
= SPA_MODE_READ
;
5968 spa
= spa_add(pool
, config
, altroot
);
5969 spa
->spa_import_flags
= flags
;
5972 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
5973 * as if it had been loaded at boot.
5975 if (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM
) {
5977 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
5979 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
5980 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT
);
5981 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: verbatim import of %s", pool
);
5982 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5986 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
5989 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
5991 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
5993 zpool_get_load_policy(config
, &policy
);
5994 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_DO_REWIND
)
5995 state
= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
;
5997 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_TRYIMPORT
;
5999 if (state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
6000 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
6001 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s", pool
);
6003 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s, max_txg=%lld "
6004 "(RECOVERY MODE)", pool
, (longlong_t
)policy
.zlp_txg
);
6006 error
= spa_load_best(spa
, state
, policy
.zlp_txg
, policy
.zlp_rewind
);
6009 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
6010 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
6012 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
6013 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
6015 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6017 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
6018 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
6020 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) {
6021 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
);
6022 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= NULL
;
6023 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6025 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) {
6026 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
);
6027 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= NULL
;
6028 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6031 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
,
6033 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6036 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
6038 if (error
!= 0 || (props
&& spa_writeable(spa
) &&
6039 (error
= spa_prop_set(spa
, props
)))) {
6041 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6043 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6047 spa_async_resume(spa
);
6050 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
6051 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
6053 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
6054 &spares
, &nspares
) == 0) {
6055 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
)
6056 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6057 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
6059 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6060 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
6061 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6062 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, nspares
) == 0);
6063 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6064 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6065 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6066 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6068 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
6069 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0) {
6070 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
)
6071 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6072 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
6074 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6075 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
6076 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6077 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, nl2cache
) == 0);
6078 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6079 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6080 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6081 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6085 * Check for any removed devices.
6087 if (spa
->spa_autoreplace
) {
6088 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_spares
);
6089 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_l2cache
);
6092 if (spa_writeable(spa
)) {
6094 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
6096 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
6100 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
6101 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
6103 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
);
6105 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "import", NULL
);
6107 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT
);
6109 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6111 zvol_create_minors_recursive(pool
);
6117 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t
*tryconfig
)
6119 nvlist_t
*config
= NULL
;
6120 char *poolname
, *cachefile
;
6124 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
6126 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, &poolname
))
6129 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, &state
))
6133 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
6135 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6136 spa
= spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME
, tryconfig
, NULL
);
6137 spa_activate(spa
, SPA_MODE_READ
);
6140 * Rewind pool if a max txg was provided.
6142 zpool_get_load_policy(spa
->spa_config
, &policy
);
6143 if (policy
.zlp_txg
!= UINT64_MAX
) {
6144 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= policy
.zlp_txg
;
6145 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
6146 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s, max_txg=%lld",
6147 poolname
, (longlong_t
)policy
.zlp_txg
);
6149 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s", poolname
);
6152 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CACHEFILE
, &cachefile
)
6154 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: using cachefile '%s'", cachefile
);
6155 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
;
6157 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN
;
6160 error
= spa_load(spa
, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
);
6163 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
6165 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
6166 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
6167 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
,
6169 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
,
6171 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP
,
6172 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
) == 0);
6173 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
6174 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
6175 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRATA
,
6176 spa
->spa_errata
) == 0);
6179 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
6180 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
6181 * pools are bootable.
6183 if ((!error
|| error
== EEXIST
) && spa
->spa_bootfs
) {
6184 char *tmpname
= kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN
, KM_SLEEP
);
6187 * We have to play games with the name since the
6188 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
6190 if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa
),
6191 spa
->spa_bootfs
, tmpname
) == 0) {
6195 dsname
= kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN
, KM_SLEEP
);
6197 cp
= strchr(tmpname
, '/');
6199 (void) strlcpy(dsname
, tmpname
,
6202 (void) snprintf(dsname
, MAXPATHLEN
,
6203 "%s/%s", poolname
, ++cp
);
6205 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config
,
6206 ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS
, dsname
) == 0);
6207 kmem_free(dsname
, MAXPATHLEN
);
6209 kmem_free(tmpname
, MAXPATHLEN
);
6213 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
6215 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
6216 spa_add_spares(spa
, config
);
6217 spa_add_l2cache(spa
, config
);
6218 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
6222 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6224 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6230 * Pool export/destroy
6232 * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple. We make sure there
6233 * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone. Then, we
6234 * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
6235 * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
6236 * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
6239 spa_export_common(const char *pool
, int new_state
, nvlist_t
**oldconfig
,
6240 boolean_t force
, boolean_t hardforce
)
6247 if (!(spa_mode_global
& SPA_MODE_WRITE
))
6248 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
6250 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6251 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(pool
)) == NULL
) {
6252 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6253 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
6256 if (spa
->spa_is_exporting
) {
6257 /* the pool is being exported by another thread */
6258 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6259 return (SET_ERROR(ZFS_ERR_EXPORT_IN_PROGRESS
));
6261 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_TRUE
;
6264 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
6265 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
6267 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
6268 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6269 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
6270 if (spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
) {
6271 zvol_remove_minors(spa
, spa_name(spa
), B_TRUE
);
6272 taskq_wait(spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
);
6274 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6275 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
6277 if (spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
)
6280 * The pool will be in core if it's openable, in which case we can
6281 * modify its state. Objsets may be open only because they're dirty,
6282 * so we have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
6284 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
6285 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
6286 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
6290 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
6291 * references. If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
6292 * fault injection handlers.
6294 if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa
) ||
6295 (spa
->spa_inject_ref
!= 0 &&
6296 new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
)) {
6297 spa_async_resume(spa
);
6298 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
6299 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6300 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
6303 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
6305 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
6306 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
6307 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
6308 * be forcedly exported.
6310 if (!force
&& new_state
== POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
&&
6311 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa
)) {
6312 spa_async_resume(spa
);
6313 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
6314 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6315 return (SET_ERROR(EXDEV
));
6319 * We're about to export or destroy this pool. Make sure
6320 * we stop all initialization and trim activity here before
6321 * we set the spa_final_txg. This will ensure that all
6322 * dirty data resulting from the initialization is
6323 * committed to disk before we unload the pool.
6325 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
6326 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6327 vdev_initialize_stop_all(rvd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
);
6328 vdev_trim_stop_all(rvd
, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
6329 vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa
);
6330 vdev_rebuild_stop_all(spa
);
6334 * We want this to be reflected on every label,
6335 * so mark them all dirty. spa_unload() will do the
6336 * final sync that pushes these changes out.
6338 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
&& !hardforce
) {
6339 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6340 spa
->spa_state
= new_state
;
6341 spa
->spa_final_txg
= spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) +
6343 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
6344 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6349 if (new_state
== POOL_STATE_DESTROYED
)
6350 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY
);
6351 else if (new_state
== POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
)
6352 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_EXPORT
);
6354 if (spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
6356 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6359 if (oldconfig
&& spa
->spa_config
)
6360 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa
->spa_config
, oldconfig
, 0) == 0);
6362 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
6364 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
);
6368 * If spa_remove() is not called for this spa_t and
6369 * there is any possibility that it can be reused,
6370 * we make sure to reset the exporting flag.
6372 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
6375 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6380 * Destroy a storage pool.
6383 spa_destroy(const char *pool
)
6385 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED
, NULL
,
6390 * Export a storage pool.
6393 spa_export(const char *pool
, nvlist_t
**oldconfig
, boolean_t force
,
6394 boolean_t hardforce
)
6396 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
, oldconfig
,
6401 * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
6402 * from the namespace in any way.
6405 spa_reset(const char *pool
)
6407 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
, NULL
,
6412 * ==========================================================================
6413 * Device manipulation
6414 * ==========================================================================
6418 * This is called as a synctask to increment the draid feature flag
6421 spa_draid_feature_incr(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
6423 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
6424 int draid
= (int)(uintptr_t)arg
;
6426 for (int c
= 0; c
< draid
; c
++)
6427 spa_feature_incr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_DRAID
, tx
);
6431 * Add a device to a storage pool.
6434 spa_vdev_add(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
)
6436 uint64_t txg
, ndraid
= 0;
6438 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6440 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
6441 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
6443 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6445 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
6447 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0,
6448 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) != 0)
6449 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6451 spa
->spa_pending_vdev
= vd
; /* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
6453 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
,
6457 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
,
6461 if (vd
->vdev_children
== 0 && nspares
== 0 && nl2cache
== 0)
6462 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6464 if (vd
->vdev_children
!= 0 &&
6465 (error
= vdev_create(vd
, txg
, B_FALSE
)) != 0) {
6466 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
6470 * The virtual dRAID spares must be added after vdev tree is created
6471 * and the vdev guids are generated. The guid of their assoicated
6472 * dRAID is stored in the config and used when opening the spare.
6474 if ((error
= vdev_draid_spare_create(nvroot
, vd
, &ndraid
,
6475 rvd
->vdev_children
)) == 0) {
6476 if (ndraid
> 0 && nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
6477 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) != 0)
6480 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
6484 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
6485 * children. Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
6487 if ((error
= spa_validate_aux(spa
, nvroot
, txg
, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) != 0)
6488 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
6491 * If we are in the middle of a device removal, we can only add
6492 * devices which match the existing devices in the pool.
6493 * If we are in the middle of a removal, or have some indirect
6494 * vdevs, we can not add raidz or dRAID top levels.
6496 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
||
6497 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_prev_indirect_vdev
!= -1) {
6498 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6499 tvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6500 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
&&
6501 tvd
->vdev_ashift
!= spa
->spa_max_ashift
) {
6502 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6504 /* Fail if top level vdev is raidz or a dRAID */
6505 if (vdev_get_nparity(tvd
) != 0)
6506 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6509 * Need the top level mirror to be
6510 * a mirror of leaf vdevs only
6512 if (tvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_mirror_ops
) {
6513 for (uint64_t cid
= 0;
6514 cid
< tvd
->vdev_children
; cid
++) {
6515 vdev_t
*cvd
= tvd
->vdev_child
[cid
];
6516 if (!cvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
6517 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
,
6525 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6526 tvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6527 vdev_remove_child(vd
, tvd
);
6528 tvd
->vdev_id
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
6529 vdev_add_child(rvd
, tvd
);
6530 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
6534 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa
->spa_spares
, spares
, nspares
,
6535 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
);
6536 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6537 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6540 if (nl2cache
!= 0) {
6541 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa
->spa_l2cache
, l2cache
, nl2cache
,
6542 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
6543 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6544 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6548 * We can't increment a feature while holding spa_vdev so we
6549 * have to do it in a synctask.
6554 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, txg
);
6555 dsl_sync_task_nowait(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, spa_draid_feature_incr
,
6556 (void *)(uintptr_t)ndraid
, tx
);
6561 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
6562 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
6563 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
6564 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
6565 * can't translate. Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
6566 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
6567 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
6569 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
6570 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
6571 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
6573 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, 0);
6575 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6576 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
6577 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD
);
6578 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6584 * Attach a device to a mirror. The arguments are the path to any device
6585 * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device. If the path specifies
6586 * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
6588 * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
6589 * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
6590 * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
6591 * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
6592 * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
6593 * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
6594 * is automatically detached.
6596 * If 'rebuild' is specified, then sequential reconstruction (a.ka. rebuild)
6597 * should be performed instead of traditional healing reconstruction. From
6598 * an administrators perspective these are both resilver operations.
6601 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, int replacing
,
6604 uint64_t txg
, dtl_max_txg
;
6605 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6606 vdev_t
*oldvd
, *newvd
, *newrootvd
, *pvd
, *tvd
;
6608 char *oldvdpath
, *newvdpath
;
6612 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6614 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
6616 oldvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
6618 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
6619 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
6620 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
6621 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
6622 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6626 if (!spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_DEVICE_REBUILD
))
6627 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6629 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa
)))
6630 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
,
6631 ZFS_ERR_RESILVER_IN_PROGRESS
));
6633 if (vdev_rebuild_active(rvd
))
6634 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
,
6635 ZFS_ERR_REBUILD_IN_PROGRESS
));
6638 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
)
6639 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
6642 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENODEV
));
6644 if (!oldvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6645 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6647 pvd
= oldvd
->vdev_parent
;
6649 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &newrootvd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0,
6650 VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH
)) != 0)
6651 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6653 if (newrootvd
->vdev_children
!= 1)
6654 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6656 newvd
= newrootvd
->vdev_child
[0];
6658 if (!newvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6659 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6661 if ((error
= vdev_create(newrootvd
, txg
, replacing
)) != 0)
6662 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, error
));
6665 * Spares can't replace logs
6667 if (oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_islog
&& newvd
->vdev_isspare
)
6668 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6671 * A dRAID spare can only replace a child of its parent dRAID vdev.
6673 if (newvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_draid_spare_ops
&&
6674 oldvd
->vdev_top
!= vdev_draid_spare_get_parent(newvd
)) {
6675 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6680 * For rebuilds, the top vdev must support reconstruction
6681 * using only space maps. This means the only allowable
6682 * vdevs types are the root vdev, a mirror, or dRAID.
6685 if (pvd
->vdev_top
!= NULL
)
6686 tvd
= pvd
->vdev_top
;
6688 if (tvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
6689 tvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_root_ops
&&
6690 tvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_draid_ops
) {
6691 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6697 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
6700 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
6701 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_root_ops
)
6702 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6704 pvops
= &vdev_mirror_ops
;
6707 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
6710 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
6711 oldvd
->vdev_isspare
&&
6712 !spa_has_spare(spa
, newvd
->vdev_guid
))
6713 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6716 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
6717 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare. Otherwise, we
6718 * want to create a replacing vdev. The user is not allowed to
6719 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
6720 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
6723 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
6724 spa_version(spa
) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE
) {
6725 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6726 } else if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
6727 newvd
->vdev_isspare
!= oldvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
6728 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6731 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
)
6732 pvops
= &vdev_spare_ops
;
6734 pvops
= &vdev_replacing_ops
;
6738 * Make sure the new device is big enough.
6740 if (newvd
->vdev_asize
< vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd
))
6741 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EOVERFLOW
));
6744 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
6745 * than the top-level vdev.
6747 if (newvd
->vdev_ashift
> oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_ashift
)
6748 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6751 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
6752 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
6754 if (strcmp(oldvd
->vdev_path
, newvd
->vdev_path
) == 0) {
6755 spa_strfree(oldvd
->vdev_path
);
6756 oldvd
->vdev_path
= kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd
->vdev_path
) + 5,
6758 (void) snprintf(oldvd
->vdev_path
, strlen(newvd
->vdev_path
) + 5,
6759 "%s/%s", newvd
->vdev_path
, "old");
6760 if (oldvd
->vdev_devid
!= NULL
) {
6761 spa_strfree(oldvd
->vdev_devid
);
6762 oldvd
->vdev_devid
= NULL
;
6767 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
6768 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
6770 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= pvops
)
6771 pvd
= vdev_add_parent(oldvd
, pvops
);
6773 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6774 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
== pvops
);
6775 ASSERT(oldvd
->vdev_parent
== pvd
);
6778 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
6780 vdev_remove_child(newrootvd
, newvd
);
6781 newvd
->vdev_id
= pvd
->vdev_children
;
6782 newvd
->vdev_crtxg
= oldvd
->vdev_crtxg
;
6783 vdev_add_child(pvd
, newvd
);
6786 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
6788 vdev_propagate_state(pvd
);
6790 tvd
= newvd
->vdev_top
;
6791 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_top
== tvd
);
6792 ASSERT(tvd
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6794 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
6797 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
6798 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks. It will propagate upward when
6799 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
6801 dtl_max_txg
= txg
+ TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES
;
6803 vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
,
6804 TXG_INITIAL
, dtl_max_txg
- TXG_INITIAL
);
6806 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
6807 spa_spare_activate(newvd
);
6808 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE
);
6811 oldvdpath
= spa_strdup(oldvd
->vdev_path
);
6812 newvdpath
= spa_strdup(newvd
->vdev_path
);
6813 newvd_isspare
= newvd
->vdev_isspare
;
6816 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
6818 vdev_dirty(tvd
, VDD_DTL
, newvd
, txg
);
6821 * Schedule the resilver or rebuild to restart in the future. We do
6822 * this to ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the
6823 * respective datasets.
6826 newvd
->vdev_rebuild_txg
= txg
;
6830 newvd
->vdev_resilver_txg
= txg
;
6832 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa
)) &&
6833 spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
)) {
6834 vdev_defer_resilver(newvd
);
6836 dsl_scan_restart_resilver(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
,
6841 if (spa
->spa_bootfs
)
6842 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH
);
6844 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH
);
6849 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, dtl_max_txg
, 0);
6851 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "vdev attach", NULL
,
6852 "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
6853 replacing
&& newvd_isspare
? "spare in" :
6854 replacing
? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath
,
6855 replacing
? "for" : "to", oldvdpath
);
6857 spa_strfree(oldvdpath
);
6858 spa_strfree(newvdpath
);
6864 * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
6866 * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
6867 * is a replacing vdev.
6870 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t pguid
, int replace_done
)
6874 vdev_t
*rvd __maybe_unused
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6875 vdev_t
*vd
, *pvd
, *cvd
, *tvd
;
6876 boolean_t unspare
= B_FALSE
;
6877 uint64_t unspare_guid
= 0;
6880 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6882 txg
= spa_vdev_detach_enter(spa
, guid
);
6884 vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
6887 * Besides being called directly from the userland through the
6888 * ioctl interface, spa_vdev_detach() can be potentially called
6889 * at the end of spa_vdev_resilver_done().
6891 * In the regular case, when we have a checkpoint this shouldn't
6892 * happen as we never empty the DTLs of a vdev during the scrub
6893 * [see comment in dsl_scan_done()]. Thus spa_vdev_resilvering_done()
6894 * should never get here when we have a checkpoint.
6896 * That said, even in a case when we checkpoint the pool exactly
6897 * as spa_vdev_resilver_done() calls this function everything
6898 * should be fine as the resilver will return right away.
6900 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
6901 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
6902 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
6903 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
6904 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6908 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENODEV
));
6910 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6911 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6913 pvd
= vd
->vdev_parent
;
6916 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
6917 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
6918 * vdev that's replacing B with C. The user's intent in replacing
6919 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C). If the user decides to cancel
6920 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
6921 * M(A,B). But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
6922 * the replacement of B completes. We would have M(A,C), and then
6923 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
6924 * the user wanted. To prevent this, we make sure that the
6925 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
6926 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
6928 if (pvd
->vdev_guid
!= pguid
&& pguid
!= 0)
6929 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
6932 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
6934 if (replace_done
&& pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
6935 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
)
6936 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6938 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
||
6939 spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES
);
6942 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
6944 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
6945 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
6946 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
)
6947 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6950 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
6951 * we cannot safely detach it.
6953 if (vdev_dtl_required(vd
))
6954 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
6956 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_children
>= 2);
6959 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
6960 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
6961 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach(). If so, undo that change now.
6963 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
&& vd
->vdev_id
> 0 &&
6964 vd
->vdev_path
!= NULL
) {
6965 size_t len
= strlen(vd
->vdev_path
);
6967 for (int c
= 0; c
< pvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6968 cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6970 if (cvd
== vd
|| cvd
->vdev_path
== NULL
)
6973 if (strncmp(cvd
->vdev_path
, vd
->vdev_path
, len
) == 0 &&
6974 strcmp(cvd
->vdev_path
+ len
, "/old") == 0) {
6975 spa_strfree(cvd
->vdev_path
);
6976 cvd
->vdev_path
= spa_strdup(vd
->vdev_path
);
6983 * If we are detaching the original disk from a normal spare, then it
6984 * implies that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed
6985 * from the active spare list for the pool. dRAID spares on the
6986 * other hand are coupled to the pool and thus should never be removed
6987 * from the spares list.
6989 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&& vd
->vdev_id
== 0) {
6990 vdev_t
*last_cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[pvd
->vdev_children
- 1];
6992 if (last_cvd
->vdev_isspare
&&
6993 last_cvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_draid_spare_ops
) {
6999 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
7000 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
7001 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
7002 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
7003 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
7004 * it's being detached!
7006 error
= vdev_label_init(vd
, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE
);
7009 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
7011 vdev_remove_child(pvd
, vd
);
7012 vdev_compact_children(pvd
);
7015 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
7017 cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[pvd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7020 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
7021 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
7022 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
7023 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID. For a similar
7024 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
7025 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
7026 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
7029 ASSERT(cvd
->vdev_isspare
);
7030 spa_spare_remove(cvd
);
7031 unspare_guid
= cvd
->vdev_guid
;
7032 (void) spa_vdev_remove(spa
, unspare_guid
, B_TRUE
);
7033 cvd
->vdev_unspare
= B_TRUE
;
7037 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
7038 * the parent is no longer needed. Remove it from the tree.
7040 if (pvd
->vdev_children
== 1) {
7041 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
)
7042 cvd
->vdev_unspare
= B_FALSE
;
7043 vdev_remove_parent(cvd
);
7047 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
7048 * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
7050 tvd
= cvd
->vdev_top
;
7051 ASSERT(tvd
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
7054 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
7056 vdev_propagate_state(cvd
);
7059 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
7060 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
7061 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
7062 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
7063 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
7065 if (spa
->spa_autoexpand
) {
7067 vdev_expand(tvd
, txg
);
7070 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
7073 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg. vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
7074 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
7075 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
7076 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
7078 vdpath
= spa_strdup(vd
->vdev_path
? vd
->vdev_path
: "none");
7079 for (int t
= 0; t
< TXG_SIZE
; t
++)
7080 (void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd
->vdev_dtl_list
, vd
, t
);
7081 vd
->vdev_detached
= B_TRUE
;
7082 vdev_dirty(tvd
, VDD_DTL
, vd
, txg
);
7084 spa_event_notify(spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE
);
7085 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
7087 /* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
7088 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
7090 error
= spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, 0);
7092 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "detach", NULL
,
7094 spa_strfree(vdpath
);
7097 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
7098 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
7099 * list of every other pool.
7102 spa_t
*altspa
= NULL
;
7104 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7105 while ((altspa
= spa_next(altspa
)) != NULL
) {
7106 if (altspa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
||
7110 spa_open_ref(altspa
, FTAG
);
7111 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7112 (void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa
, unspare_guid
, B_TRUE
);
7113 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7114 spa_close(altspa
, FTAG
);
7116 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7118 /* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
7119 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
7122 /* all done with the spa; OK to release */
7123 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7124 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
7125 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7131 spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7134 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7136 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7138 /* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
7139 vdev_t
*vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
7140 if (vd
== NULL
|| vd
->vdev_detached
) {
7141 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7142 return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV
));
7143 } else if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| !vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
7144 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7145 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
7146 } else if (!vdev_writeable(vd
)) {
7147 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7148 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
7150 mutex_enter(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7151 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7154 * When we activate an initialize action we check to see
7155 * if the vdev_initialize_thread is NULL. We do this instead
7156 * of using the vdev_initialize_state since there might be
7157 * a previous initialization process which has completed but
7158 * the thread is not exited.
7160 if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_START
&&
7161 (vd
->vdev_initialize_thread
!= NULL
||
7162 vd
->vdev_top
->vdev_removing
)) {
7163 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7164 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7165 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL
&&
7166 (vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
&&
7167 vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED
)) {
7168 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7169 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7170 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND
&&
7171 vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
) {
7172 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7173 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7177 case POOL_INITIALIZE_START
:
7178 vdev_initialize(vd
);
7180 case POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL
:
7181 vdev_initialize_stop(vd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_CANCELED
, vd_list
);
7183 case POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND
:
7184 vdev_initialize_stop(vd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED
, vd_list
);
7187 panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type
);
7189 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7195 spa_vdev_initialize(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nv
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7196 nvlist_t
*vdev_errlist
)
7198 int total_errors
= 0;
7201 list_create(&vd_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7202 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_initialize_node
));
7205 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
7206 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
7207 * stopping initialization. The config and state locks are held so that
7208 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
7209 * the initializing operation.
7211 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7213 for (nvpair_t
*pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, NULL
);
7214 pair
!= NULL
; pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, pair
)) {
7215 uint64_t vdev_guid
= fnvpair_value_uint64(pair
);
7217 int error
= spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa
, vdev_guid
, cmd_type
,
7220 char guid_as_str
[MAXNAMELEN
];
7222 (void) snprintf(guid_as_str
, sizeof (guid_as_str
),
7223 "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid
);
7224 fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist
, guid_as_str
, error
);
7229 /* Wait for all initialize threads to stop. */
7230 vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_list
);
7232 /* Sync out the initializing state */
7233 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
7234 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7236 list_destroy(&vd_list
);
7238 return (total_errors
);
7242 spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7243 uint64_t rate
, boolean_t partial
, boolean_t secure
, list_t
*vd_list
)
7245 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7247 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7249 /* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
7250 vdev_t
*vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
7251 if (vd
== NULL
|| vd
->vdev_detached
) {
7252 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7253 return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV
));
7254 } else if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| !vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
7255 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7256 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
7257 } else if (!vdev_writeable(vd
)) {
7258 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7259 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
7260 } else if (!vd
->vdev_has_trim
) {
7261 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7262 return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP
));
7263 } else if (secure
&& !vd
->vdev_has_securetrim
) {
7264 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7265 return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP
));
7267 mutex_enter(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7268 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7271 * When we activate a TRIM action we check to see if the
7272 * vdev_trim_thread is NULL. We do this instead of using the
7273 * vdev_trim_state since there might be a previous TRIM process
7274 * which has completed but the thread is not exited.
7276 if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_START
&&
7277 (vd
->vdev_trim_thread
!= NULL
|| vd
->vdev_top
->vdev_removing
)) {
7278 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7279 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7280 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_CANCEL
&&
7281 (vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
&&
7282 vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED
)) {
7283 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7284 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7285 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND
&&
7286 vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
) {
7287 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7288 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7292 case POOL_TRIM_START
:
7293 vdev_trim(vd
, rate
, partial
, secure
);
7295 case POOL_TRIM_CANCEL
:
7296 vdev_trim_stop(vd
, VDEV_TRIM_CANCELED
, vd_list
);
7298 case POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND
:
7299 vdev_trim_stop(vd
, VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED
, vd_list
);
7302 panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type
);
7304 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7310 * Initiates a manual TRIM for the requested vdevs. This kicks off individual
7311 * TRIM threads for each child vdev. These threads pass over all of the free
7312 * space in the vdev's metaslabs and issues TRIM commands for that space.
7315 spa_vdev_trim(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nv
, uint64_t cmd_type
, uint64_t rate
,
7316 boolean_t partial
, boolean_t secure
, nvlist_t
*vdev_errlist
)
7318 int total_errors
= 0;
7321 list_create(&vd_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7322 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_trim_node
));
7325 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
7326 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
7327 * stopping TRIM. The config and state locks are held so that
7328 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
7329 * the TRIM operation.
7331 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7333 for (nvpair_t
*pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, NULL
);
7334 pair
!= NULL
; pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, pair
)) {
7335 uint64_t vdev_guid
= fnvpair_value_uint64(pair
);
7337 int error
= spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa
, vdev_guid
, cmd_type
,
7338 rate
, partial
, secure
, &vd_list
);
7340 char guid_as_str
[MAXNAMELEN
];
7342 (void) snprintf(guid_as_str
, sizeof (guid_as_str
),
7343 "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid
);
7344 fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist
, guid_as_str
, error
);
7349 /* Wait for all TRIM threads to stop. */
7350 vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_list
);
7352 /* Sync out the TRIM state */
7353 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
7354 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7356 list_destroy(&vd_list
);
7358 return (total_errors
);
7362 * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
7365 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t
*spa
, char *newname
, nvlist_t
*config
,
7366 nvlist_t
*props
, boolean_t exp
)
7369 uint64_t txg
, *glist
;
7371 uint_t c
, children
, lastlog
;
7372 nvlist_t
**child
, *nvl
, *tmp
;
7374 char *altroot
= NULL
;
7375 vdev_t
*rvd
, **vml
= NULL
; /* vdev modify list */
7376 boolean_t activate_slog
;
7378 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
7380 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
7382 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7383 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
7384 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
7385 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
7386 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7389 /* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
7390 activate_slog
= spa_passivate_log(spa
);
7391 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7392 error
= spa_reset_logs(spa
);
7393 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7396 spa_activate_log(spa
);
7399 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7401 /* check new spa name before going any further */
7402 if (spa_lookup(newname
) != NULL
)
7403 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EEXIST
));
7406 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
7408 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvl
) != 0 ||
7409 nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
, &child
,
7411 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7413 /* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
7414 rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
7416 for (c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7417 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
7419 /* don't count the holes & logs as children */
7420 if (vd
->vdev_islog
|| (vd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
&&
7421 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))) {
7429 if (children
!= (lastlog
!= 0 ? lastlog
: rvd
->vdev_children
))
7430 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7432 /* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
7433 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &tmp
) == 0 ||
7434 nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &tmp
) == 0)
7435 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7437 vml
= kmem_zalloc(children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
7438 glist
= kmem_zalloc(children
* sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP
);
7440 /* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
7441 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7442 uint64_t is_hole
= 0;
7444 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE
,
7448 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ishole
||
7449 spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_islog
) {
7452 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7457 /* deal with indirect vdevs */
7458 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ops
==
7462 /* which disk is going to be split? */
7463 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
7465 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7469 /* look it up in the spa */
7470 vml
[c
] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, glist
[c
], B_FALSE
);
7471 if (vml
[c
] == NULL
) {
7472 error
= SET_ERROR(ENODEV
);
7476 /* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
7477 if (vml
[c
]->vdev_parent
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
||
7478 vml
[c
]->vdev_islog
||
7479 !vdev_is_concrete(vml
[c
]) ||
7480 vml
[c
]->vdev_isspare
||
7481 vml
[c
]->vdev_isl2cache
||
7482 !vdev_writeable(vml
[c
]) ||
7483 vml
[c
]->vdev_children
!= 0 ||
7484 vml
[c
]->vdev_state
!= VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY
||
7485 c
!= spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_id
) {
7486 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7490 if (vdev_dtl_required(vml
[c
]) ||
7491 vdev_resilver_needed(vml
[c
], NULL
, NULL
)) {
7492 error
= SET_ERROR(EBUSY
);
7496 /* we need certain info from the top level */
7497 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY
,
7498 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ms_array
) == 0);
7499 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT
,
7500 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ms_shift
) == 0);
7501 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE
,
7502 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_asize
) == 0);
7503 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT
,
7504 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ashift
) == 0);
7506 /* transfer per-vdev ZAPs */
7507 ASSERT3U(vml
[c
]->vdev_leaf_zap
, !=, 0);
7508 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
],
7509 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_LEAF_ZAP
, vml
[c
]->vdev_leaf_zap
));
7511 ASSERT3U(vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_top_zap
, !=, 0);
7512 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
],
7513 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TOP_ZAP
,
7514 vml
[c
]->vdev_parent
->vdev_top_zap
));
7518 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7519 kmem_free(glist
, children
* sizeof (uint64_t));
7520 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7523 /* stop writers from using the disks */
7524 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7526 vml
[c
]->vdev_offline
= B_TRUE
;
7528 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7531 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config. This
7532 * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
7534 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvl
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
7535 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST
,
7536 glist
, children
) == 0);
7537 kmem_free(glist
, children
* sizeof (uint64_t));
7539 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
7540 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
,
7542 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
7543 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= nvl
;
7544 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7546 /* configure and create the new pool */
7547 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, newname
) == 0);
7548 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
,
7549 exp
? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
: POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
) == 0);
7550 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
7551 spa_version(spa
)) == 0);
7552 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
,
7553 spa
->spa_config_txg
) == 0);
7554 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
,
7555 spa_generate_guid(NULL
)) == 0);
7556 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_boolean(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
));
7557 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
7558 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
7560 /* add the new pool to the namespace */
7561 newspa
= spa_add(newname
, config
, altroot
);
7562 newspa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
;
7563 newspa
->spa_config_txg
= spa
->spa_config_txg
;
7564 spa_set_log_state(newspa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
7566 /* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
7567 spa_vdev_config_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7569 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7570 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 1);
7572 spa_activate(newspa
, spa_mode_global
);
7573 spa_async_suspend(newspa
);
7576 * Temporarily stop the initializing and TRIM activity. We set the
7577 * state to ACTIVE so that we know to resume initializing or TRIM
7578 * once the split has completed.
7580 list_t vd_initialize_list
;
7581 list_create(&vd_initialize_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7582 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_initialize_node
));
7584 list_t vd_trim_list
;
7585 list_create(&vd_trim_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7586 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_trim_node
));
7588 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7589 if (vml
[c
] != NULL
&& vml
[c
]->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
7590 mutex_enter(&vml
[c
]->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7591 vdev_initialize_stop(vml
[c
],
7592 VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
, &vd_initialize_list
);
7593 mutex_exit(&vml
[c
]->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7595 mutex_enter(&vml
[c
]->vdev_trim_lock
);
7596 vdev_trim_stop(vml
[c
], VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
, &vd_trim_list
);
7597 mutex_exit(&vml
[c
]->vdev_trim_lock
);
7601 vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_initialize_list
);
7602 vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_trim_list
);
7604 list_destroy(&vd_initialize_list
);
7605 list_destroy(&vd_trim_list
);
7607 newspa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SPLIT
;
7608 newspa
->spa_is_splitting
= B_TRUE
;
7610 /* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
7611 error
= spa_load(newspa
, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
);
7615 /* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
7616 if (newspa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
7617 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&newspa
->spa_config_splitting
,
7618 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
7619 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(newspa
->spa_config_splitting
,
7620 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID
, spa_guid(spa
)) == 0);
7621 spa_config_set(newspa
, spa_config_generate(newspa
, NULL
, -1ULL,
7626 if (props
!= NULL
) {
7627 spa_configfile_set(newspa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
7628 error
= spa_prop_set(newspa
, props
);
7633 /* flush everything */
7634 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa
);
7635 vdev_config_dirty(newspa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7636 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7638 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7639 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 2);
7641 spa_async_resume(newspa
);
7643 /* finally, update the original pool's config */
7644 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7645 tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
7646 error
= dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_WAIT
);
7649 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7650 if (vml
[c
] != NULL
&& vml
[c
]->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
7651 vdev_t
*tvd
= vml
[c
]->vdev_top
;
7654 * Need to be sure the detachable VDEV is not
7655 * on any *other* txg's DTL list to prevent it
7656 * from being accessed after it's freed.
7658 for (int t
= 0; t
< TXG_SIZE
; t
++) {
7659 (void) txg_list_remove_this(
7660 &tvd
->vdev_dtl_list
, vml
[c
], t
);
7665 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "detach", tx
,
7666 "vdev=%s", vml
[c
]->vdev_path
);
7671 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
;
7672 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7673 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
7677 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0);
7679 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7680 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 3);
7682 /* split is complete; log a history record */
7683 spa_history_log_internal(newspa
, "split", NULL
,
7684 "from pool %s", spa_name(spa
));
7686 newspa
->spa_is_splitting
= B_FALSE
;
7687 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7689 /* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
7691 error
= spa_export_common(newname
, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
, NULL
,
7698 spa_deactivate(newspa
);
7701 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7703 /* re-online all offlined disks */
7704 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7706 vml
[c
]->vdev_offline
= B_FALSE
;
7709 /* restart initializing or trimming disks as necessary */
7710 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART
);
7711 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART
);
7712 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
);
7714 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7716 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_splitting
);
7717 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
7718 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
);
7720 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7725 * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
7726 * currently spared, so we can detach it.
7729 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t
*vd
)
7731 vdev_t
*newvd
, *oldvd
;
7733 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7734 oldvd
= spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
7740 * Check for a completed replacement. We always consider the first
7741 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
7742 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works). In
7743 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
7744 * remove it after a resilver completes. This is OK as it will require
7745 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
7747 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
) {
7748 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_children
> 1);
7750 newvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[vd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7751 oldvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[0];
7753 if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7754 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7755 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd
))
7760 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
7761 * Also potentially update faulted state.
7763 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
) {
7764 vdev_t
*first
= vd
->vdev_child
[0];
7765 vdev_t
*last
= vd
->vdev_child
[vd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7767 if (last
->vdev_unspare
) {
7770 } else if (first
->vdev_unspare
) {
7777 if (oldvd
!= NULL
&&
7778 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7779 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7780 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd
))
7783 vdev_propagate_state(vd
);
7786 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
7787 * and those spares are not required, then we want to
7788 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
7789 * by other pools. Once we're back down to a single
7790 * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
7792 if (vd
->vdev_children
> 2) {
7793 newvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[1];
7795 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
&& last
->vdev_isspare
&&
7796 vdev_dtl_empty(last
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7797 vdev_dtl_empty(last
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7798 !vdev_dtl_required(newvd
))
7807 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t
*spa
)
7809 vdev_t
*vd
, *pvd
, *ppvd
;
7810 uint64_t guid
, sguid
, pguid
, ppguid
;
7812 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
7814 while ((vd
= spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) != NULL
) {
7815 pvd
= vd
->vdev_parent
;
7816 ppvd
= pvd
->vdev_parent
;
7817 guid
= vd
->vdev_guid
;
7818 pguid
= pvd
->vdev_guid
;
7819 ppguid
= ppvd
->vdev_guid
;
7822 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
7823 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
7826 if (ppvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&& pvd
->vdev_id
== 0 &&
7827 ppvd
->vdev_children
== 2) {
7828 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
);
7829 sguid
= ppvd
->vdev_child
[1]->vdev_guid
;
7831 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_resilver_txg
== 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd
));
7833 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
7834 if (spa_vdev_detach(spa
, guid
, pguid
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
7836 if (sguid
&& spa_vdev_detach(spa
, sguid
, ppguid
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
7838 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
7841 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
7844 * If a detach was not performed above replace waiters will not have
7845 * been notified. In which case we must do so now.
7847 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
7851 * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
7854 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *value
,
7858 boolean_t sync
= B_FALSE
;
7860 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
7862 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
);
7864 if ((vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_TRUE
)) == NULL
)
7865 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, ENOENT
));
7867 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
7868 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, ENOTSUP
));
7871 if (strcmp(value
, vd
->vdev_path
) != 0) {
7872 spa_strfree(vd
->vdev_path
);
7873 vd
->vdev_path
= spa_strdup(value
);
7877 if (vd
->vdev_fru
== NULL
) {
7878 vd
->vdev_fru
= spa_strdup(value
);
7880 } else if (strcmp(value
, vd
->vdev_fru
) != 0) {
7881 spa_strfree(vd
->vdev_fru
);
7882 vd
->vdev_fru
= spa_strdup(value
);
7887 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, sync
? vd
: NULL
, 0));
7891 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *newpath
)
7893 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa
, guid
, newpath
, B_TRUE
));
7897 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *newfru
)
7899 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa
, guid
, newfru
, B_FALSE
));
7903 * ==========================================================================
7905 * ==========================================================================
7908 spa_scrub_pause_resume(spa_t
*spa
, pool_scrub_cmd_t cmd
)
7910 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
7912 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
))
7913 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7915 return (dsl_scrub_set_pause_resume(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, cmd
));
7919 spa_scan_stop(spa_t
*spa
)
7921 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
7922 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
))
7923 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7924 return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
));
7928 spa_scan(spa_t
*spa
, pool_scan_func_t func
)
7930 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
7932 if (func
>= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS
|| func
== POOL_SCAN_NONE
)
7933 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
7935 if (func
== POOL_SCAN_RESILVER
&&
7936 !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
))
7937 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
7940 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
7941 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
7943 if (func
== POOL_SCAN_RESILVER
&&
7944 !vdev_resilver_needed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, NULL
, NULL
)) {
7945 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE
);
7949 return (dsl_scan(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, func
));
7953 * ==========================================================================
7954 * SPA async task processing
7955 * ==========================================================================
7959 spa_async_remove(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
7961 if (vd
->vdev_remove_wanted
) {
7962 vd
->vdev_remove_wanted
= B_FALSE
;
7963 vd
->vdev_delayed_close
= B_FALSE
;
7964 vdev_set_state(vd
, B_FALSE
, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED
, VDEV_AUX_NONE
);
7967 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
7968 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
7969 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
7970 * device, all of which is a waste.
7972 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_read_errors
= 0;
7973 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_write_errors
= 0;
7974 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_checksum_errors
= 0;
7976 vdev_state_dirty(vd
->vdev_top
);
7979 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
7980 spa_async_remove(spa
, vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
7984 spa_async_probe(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
7986 if (vd
->vdev_probe_wanted
) {
7987 vd
->vdev_probe_wanted
= B_FALSE
;
7988 vdev_reopen(vd
); /* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
7991 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
7992 spa_async_probe(spa
, vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
7996 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
7998 if (!spa
->spa_autoexpand
)
8001 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
8002 vdev_t
*cvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
8003 spa_async_autoexpand(spa
, cvd
);
8006 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| vd
->vdev_physpath
== NULL
)
8009 spa_event_notify(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_AUTOEXPAND
);
8013 spa_async_thread(void *arg
)
8015 spa_t
*spa
= (spa_t
*)arg
;
8016 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
8019 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_on
);
8021 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8022 tasks
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
;
8023 spa
->spa_async_tasks
= 0;
8024 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8027 * See if the config needs to be updated.
8029 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
) {
8030 uint64_t old_space
, new_space
;
8032 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8033 old_space
= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa
));
8034 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
8035 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
8037 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
8039 new_space
= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa
));
8040 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
8041 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
8042 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8045 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
8046 * then log an internal history event.
8048 if (new_space
!= old_space
) {
8049 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "vdev online", NULL
,
8050 "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
8051 spa_name(spa
), (u_longlong_t
)new_space
,
8052 (u_longlong_t
)(new_space
- old_space
));
8057 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
8059 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE
) {
8060 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_NONE
);
8061 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8062 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++)
8063 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
8064 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
8065 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
8066 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, 0);
8069 if ((tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
) && !spa_suspended(spa
)) {
8070 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8071 spa_async_autoexpand(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8072 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8076 * See if any devices need to be probed.
8078 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_PROBE
) {
8079 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_NONE
);
8080 spa_async_probe(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8081 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, 0);
8085 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
8087 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE
||
8088 tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_REBUILD_DONE
) {
8089 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
8093 * Kick off a resilver.
8095 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER
&&
8096 !vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
) &&
8097 (!dsl_scan_resilvering(dp
) ||
8098 !spa_feature_is_enabled(dp
->dp_spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
)))
8099 dsl_scan_restart_resilver(dp
, 0);
8101 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART
) {
8102 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8103 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8104 vdev_initialize_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8105 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8106 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8109 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART
) {
8110 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8111 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8112 vdev_trim_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8113 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8114 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8117 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
) {
8118 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8119 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8120 vdev_autotrim_restart(spa
);
8121 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8122 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8126 * Kick off L2 cache whole device TRIM.
8128 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_TRIM
) {
8129 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8130 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8131 vdev_trim_l2arc(spa
);
8132 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8133 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8137 * Kick off L2 cache rebuilding.
8139 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD
) {
8140 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8141 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_L2ARC
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8142 l2arc_spa_rebuild_start(spa
);
8143 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_L2ARC
, FTAG
);
8144 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8148 * Let the world know that we're done.
8150 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8151 spa
->spa_async_thread
= NULL
;
8152 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_async_cv
);
8153 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8158 spa_async_suspend(spa_t
*spa
)
8160 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8161 spa
->spa_async_suspended
++;
8162 while (spa
->spa_async_thread
!= NULL
)
8163 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_async_cv
, &spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8164 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8166 spa_vdev_remove_suspend(spa
);
8168 zthr_t
*condense_thread
= spa
->spa_condense_zthr
;
8169 if (condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8170 zthr_cancel(condense_thread
);
8172 zthr_t
*discard_thread
= spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
;
8173 if (discard_thread
!= NULL
)
8174 zthr_cancel(discard_thread
);
8176 zthr_t
*ll_delete_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
;
8177 if (ll_delete_thread
!= NULL
)
8178 zthr_cancel(ll_delete_thread
);
8180 zthr_t
*ll_condense_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
;
8181 if (ll_condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8182 zthr_cancel(ll_condense_thread
);
8186 spa_async_resume(spa_t
*spa
)
8188 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8189 ASSERT(spa
->spa_async_suspended
!= 0);
8190 spa
->spa_async_suspended
--;
8191 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8192 spa_restart_removal(spa
);
8194 zthr_t
*condense_thread
= spa
->spa_condense_zthr
;
8195 if (condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8196 zthr_resume(condense_thread
);
8198 zthr_t
*discard_thread
= spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
;
8199 if (discard_thread
!= NULL
)
8200 zthr_resume(discard_thread
);
8202 zthr_t
*ll_delete_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
;
8203 if (ll_delete_thread
!= NULL
)
8204 zthr_resume(ll_delete_thread
);
8206 zthr_t
*ll_condense_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
;
8207 if (ll_condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8208 zthr_resume(ll_condense_thread
);
8212 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t
*spa
)
8214 uint_t non_config_tasks
;
8216 boolean_t config_task_suspended
;
8218 non_config_tasks
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
& ~SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
;
8219 config_task
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
;
8220 if (spa
->spa_ccw_fail_time
== 0) {
8221 config_task_suspended
= B_FALSE
;
8223 config_task_suspended
=
8224 (gethrtime() - spa
->spa_ccw_fail_time
) <
8225 ((hrtime_t
)zfs_ccw_retry_interval
* NANOSEC
);
8228 return (non_config_tasks
|| (config_task
&& !config_task_suspended
));
8232 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t
*spa
)
8234 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8235 if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa
) &&
8236 !spa
->spa_async_suspended
&&
8237 spa
->spa_async_thread
== NULL
)
8238 spa
->spa_async_thread
= thread_create(NULL
, 0,
8239 spa_async_thread
, spa
, 0, &p0
, TS_RUN
, maxclsyspri
);
8240 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8244 spa_async_request(spa_t
*spa
, int task
)
8246 zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa
->spa_name
, task
);
8247 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8248 spa
->spa_async_tasks
|= task
;
8249 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8253 spa_async_tasks(spa_t
*spa
)
8255 return (spa
->spa_async_tasks
);
8259 * ==========================================================================
8260 * SPA syncing routines
8261 * ==========================================================================
8266 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
8270 bpobj_enqueue(bpo
, bp
, bp_freed
, tx
);
8275 bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8277 return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg
, bp
, B_FALSE
, tx
));
8281 bpobj_enqueue_free_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8283 return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg
, bp
, B_TRUE
, tx
));
8287 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8291 zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(pio
, pio
->io_spa
, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
), bp
,
8297 bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
8301 return (spa_free_sync_cb(arg
, bp
, tx
));
8305 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
8306 * amount of time spent syncing frees.
8309 spa_sync_frees(spa_t
*spa
, bplist_t
*bpl
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8311 zio_t
*zio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
8312 bplist_iterate(bpl
, spa_free_sync_cb
, zio
, tx
);
8313 VERIFY(zio_wait(zio
) == 0);
8317 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
8318 * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
8321 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8323 if (spa_sync_pass(spa
) != 1)
8328 * If the log space map feature is active, we stop deferring
8329 * frees to the next TXG and therefore running this function
8330 * would be considered a no-op as spa_deferred_bpobj should
8331 * not have any entries.
8333 * That said we run this function anyway (instead of returning
8334 * immediately) for the edge-case scenario where we just
8335 * activated the log space map feature in this TXG but we have
8336 * deferred frees from the previous TXG.
8338 zio_t
*zio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
8339 VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
,
8340 bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb
, zio
, tx
), ==, 0);
8341 VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio
));
8345 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t obj
, nvlist_t
*nv
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8347 char *packed
= NULL
;
8352 VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv
, &nvsize
, NV_ENCODE_XDR
) == 0);
8355 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
8356 * information. This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
8357 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
8359 bufsize
= P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize
, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE
);
8360 packed
= vmem_alloc(bufsize
, KM_SLEEP
);
8362 VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv
, &packed
, &nvsize
, NV_ENCODE_XDR
,
8364 bzero(packed
+ nvsize
, bufsize
- nvsize
);
8366 dmu_write(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, 0, bufsize
, packed
, tx
);
8368 vmem_free(packed
, bufsize
);
8370 VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, FTAG
, &db
));
8371 dmu_buf_will_dirty(db
, tx
);
8372 *(uint64_t *)db
->db_data
= nvsize
;
8373 dmu_buf_rele(db
, FTAG
);
8377 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t
*spa
, spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
,
8378 const char *config
, const char *entry
)
8388 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
8389 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
8390 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
8392 if (sav
->sav_object
== 0) {
8393 sav
->sav_object
= dmu_object_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8394 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST
, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE
,
8395 sizeof (uint64_t), tx
);
8396 VERIFY(zap_update(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8397 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, entry
, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
8398 &sav
->sav_object
, tx
) == 0);
8401 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
8402 if (sav
->sav_count
== 0) {
8403 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, NULL
, 0) == 0);
8405 list
= kmem_alloc(sav
->sav_count
*sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP
);
8406 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
8407 list
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
, sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
],
8408 B_FALSE
, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
8409 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, list
,
8410 sav
->sav_count
) == 0);
8411 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
8412 nvlist_free(list
[i
]);
8413 kmem_free(list
, sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
8416 spa_sync_nvlist(spa
, sav
->sav_object
, nvroot
, tx
);
8417 nvlist_free(nvroot
);
8419 sav
->sav_sync
= B_FALSE
;
8423 * Rebuild spa's all-vdev ZAP from the vdev ZAPs indicated in each vdev_t.
8424 * The all-vdev ZAP must be empty.
8427 spa_avz_build(vdev_t
*vd
, uint64_t avz
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8429 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
8431 if (vd
->vdev_top_zap
!= 0) {
8432 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, avz
,
8433 vd
->vdev_top_zap
, tx
));
8435 if (vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
!= 0) {
8436 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, avz
,
8437 vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
, tx
));
8439 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
8440 spa_avz_build(vd
->vdev_child
[i
], avz
, tx
);
8445 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8450 * If the pool is being imported from a pre-per-vdev-ZAP version of ZFS,
8451 * its config may not be dirty but we still need to build per-vdev ZAPs.
8452 * Similarly, if the pool is being assembled (e.g. after a split), we
8453 * need to rebuild the AVZ although the config may not be dirty.
8455 if (list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
) &&
8456 spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_NONE
)
8459 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8461 ASSERT(spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_NONE
||
8462 spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE
||
8463 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
!= 0);
8465 if (spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
) {
8466 /* Make and build the new AVZ */
8467 uint64_t new_avz
= zap_create(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8468 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA
, DMU_OT_NONE
, 0, tx
);
8469 spa_avz_build(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, new_avz
, tx
);
8471 /* Diff old AVZ with new one */
8475 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8476 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
);
8477 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
8478 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
8479 uint64_t vdzap
= za
.za_first_integer
;
8480 if (zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, new_avz
,
8483 * ZAP is listed in old AVZ but not in new one;
8486 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, vdzap
,
8491 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
8493 /* Destroy the old AVZ */
8494 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8495 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, tx
));
8497 /* Replace the old AVZ in the dir obj with the new one */
8498 VERIFY0(zap_update(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8499 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
,
8500 sizeof (new_avz
), 1, &new_avz
, tx
));
8502 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= new_avz
;
8503 } else if (spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY
) {
8507 /* Walk through the AVZ and destroy all listed ZAPs */
8508 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8509 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
);
8510 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
8511 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
8512 uint64_t zap
= za
.za_first_integer
;
8513 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, zap
, tx
));
8516 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
8518 /* Destroy and unlink the AVZ itself */
8519 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8520 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, tx
));
8521 VERIFY0(zap_remove(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8522 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
, tx
));
8523 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= 0;
8526 if (spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
== 0) {
8527 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= zap_create_link(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8528 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
8529 DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
, tx
);
8531 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_NONE
;
8533 /* Create ZAPs for vdevs that don't have them. */
8534 vdev_construct_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, tx
);
8536 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
,
8537 dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
), B_FALSE
);
8540 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
8541 * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
8543 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
)
8544 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
8545 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
);
8547 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
8549 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_syncing
);
8550 spa
->spa_config_syncing
= config
;
8552 spa_sync_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, config
, tx
);
8556 spa_sync_version(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8558 uint64_t *versionp
= arg
;
8559 uint64_t version
= *versionp
;
8560 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
8563 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
8565 ASSERT(tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
);
8567 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version
));
8568 ASSERT(version
>= spa_version(spa
));
8570 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
8571 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8572 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
, "version=%lld",
8573 (longlong_t
)version
);
8577 * Set zpool properties.
8580 spa_sync_props(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8582 nvlist_t
*nvp
= arg
;
8583 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
8584 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
8585 nvpair_t
*elem
= NULL
;
8587 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
8589 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp
, elem
))) {
8591 char *strval
, *fname
;
8593 const char *propname
;
8594 zprop_type_t proptype
;
8597 switch (prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem
))) {
8598 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
:
8600 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
8602 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
)));
8604 fname
= strchr(nvpair_name(elem
), '@') + 1;
8605 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname
, &fid
));
8607 spa_feature_enable(spa
, fid
, tx
);
8608 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8609 "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem
));
8612 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
:
8613 intval
= fnvpair_value_uint64(elem
);
8615 * The version is synced separately before other
8616 * properties and should be correct by now.
8618 ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa
), >=, intval
);
8621 case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
:
8623 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
8624 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
8626 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root
!= NULL
);
8629 case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
:
8630 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
:
8632 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persistent
8636 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
:
8637 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
8638 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
)
8639 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_comment
);
8640 spa
->spa_comment
= spa_strdup(strval
);
8642 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
8643 * so that their labels get updated. It's unnecessary
8644 * to do this for pool creation since the vdev's
8645 * configuration has already been dirtied.
8647 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
)
8648 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8649 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8650 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
8654 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
8656 if (spa
->spa_pool_props_object
== 0) {
8657 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
=
8658 zap_create_link(mos
, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS
,
8659 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_PROPS
,
8663 /* normalize the property name */
8664 propname
= zpool_prop_to_name(prop
);
8665 proptype
= zpool_prop_get_type(prop
);
8667 if (nvpair_type(elem
) == DATA_TYPE_STRING
) {
8668 ASSERT(proptype
== PROP_TYPE_STRING
);
8669 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
8670 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos
,
8671 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
, propname
,
8672 1, strlen(strval
) + 1, strval
, tx
));
8673 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8674 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
8675 } else if (nvpair_type(elem
) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64
) {
8676 intval
= fnvpair_value_uint64(elem
);
8678 if (proptype
== PROP_TYPE_INDEX
) {
8680 VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
8681 prop
, intval
, &unused
));
8683 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos
,
8684 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
, propname
,
8685 8, 1, &intval
, tx
));
8686 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8687 "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem
),
8688 (longlong_t
)intval
);
8690 ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
8694 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
:
8695 spa
->spa_delegation
= intval
;
8697 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
:
8698 spa
->spa_bootfs
= intval
;
8700 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
:
8701 spa
->spa_failmode
= intval
;
8703 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
:
8704 spa
->spa_autotrim
= intval
;
8705 spa_async_request(spa
,
8706 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
);
8708 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
:
8709 spa
->spa_autoexpand
= intval
;
8710 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
)
8711 spa_async_request(spa
,
8712 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
);
8714 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
:
8715 spa
->spa_multihost
= intval
;
8724 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
8728 * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes. spa_version() does not
8729 * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
8730 * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
8731 * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
8735 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8737 if (spa_sync_pass(spa
) != 1)
8740 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
8741 rrw_enter(&dp
->dp_config_rwlock
, RW_WRITER
, FTAG
);
8743 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN
&&
8744 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN
) {
8745 dsl_pool_create_origin(dp
, tx
);
8747 /* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
8748 spa
->spa_minref
+= 3;
8751 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES
&&
8752 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES
) {
8753 dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp
, tx
);
8756 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES
&&
8757 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES
) {
8758 dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp
, tx
);
8760 /* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
8761 spa
->spa_minref
+= 3;
8764 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
&&
8765 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
8766 spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa
, tx
);
8770 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
8771 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
8772 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
8773 * this feature active
8775 if (spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
8776 boolean_t lz4_en
= spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
,
8777 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
);
8778 boolean_t lz4_ac
= spa_feature_is_active(spa
,
8779 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
);
8781 if (lz4_en
&& !lz4_ac
)
8782 spa_feature_incr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
, tx
);
8786 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now. Note that the
8787 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
8788 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
8790 if (zap_contains(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
8791 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
) == ENOENT
) {
8792 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8793 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
, 1,
8794 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
),
8795 spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
, tx
));
8798 rrw_exit(&dp
->dp_config_rwlock
, FTAG
);
8802 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vdev_t
*vd
)
8804 vdev_indirect_mapping_t
*vim __maybe_unused
= vd
->vdev_indirect_mapping
;
8805 vdev_indirect_births_t
*vib __maybe_unused
= vd
->vdev_indirect_births
;
8807 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
8808 ASSERT(vim
!= NULL
);
8809 ASSERT(vib
!= NULL
);
8812 uint64_t obsolete_sm_object
= 0;
8813 ASSERT0(vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd
, &obsolete_sm_object
));
8814 if (obsolete_sm_object
!= 0) {
8815 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
!= NULL
);
8816 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_removing
||
8817 vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_indirect_ops
);
8818 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_num_entries(vim
) > 0);
8819 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim
) > 0);
8820 ASSERT3U(obsolete_sm_object
, ==,
8821 space_map_object(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
));
8822 ASSERT3U(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim
), >=,
8823 space_map_allocated(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
));
8825 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_obsolete_segments
!= NULL
);
8828 * Since frees / remaps to an indirect vdev can only
8829 * happen in syncing context, the obsolete segments
8830 * tree must be empty when we start syncing.
8832 ASSERT0(range_tree_space(vd
->vdev_obsolete_segments
));
8836 * Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each top-level's
8837 * async write queue depth in case it changed. The max queue depth will
8838 * not change in the middle of syncing out this txg.
8841 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa_t
*spa
)
8843 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
8845 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
8846 uint32_t max_queue_depth
= zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active
*
8847 zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct
/ 100;
8848 metaslab_class_t
*normal
= spa_normal_class(spa
);
8849 metaslab_class_t
*special
= spa_special_class(spa
);
8850 metaslab_class_t
*dedup
= spa_dedup_class(spa
);
8852 uint64_t slots_per_allocator
= 0;
8853 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
8854 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
8856 metaslab_group_t
*mg
= tvd
->vdev_mg
;
8857 if (mg
== NULL
|| !metaslab_group_initialized(mg
))
8860 metaslab_class_t
*mc
= mg
->mg_class
;
8861 if (mc
!= normal
&& mc
!= special
&& mc
!= dedup
)
8865 * It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async
8866 * allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async
8867 * allocations all happen from spa_sync().
8869 for (int i
= 0; i
< mg
->mg_allocators
; i
++) {
8870 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(
8871 &(mg
->mg_allocator
[i
].mga_alloc_queue_depth
)));
8873 mg
->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth
= max_queue_depth
;
8875 for (int i
= 0; i
< mg
->mg_allocators
; i
++) {
8876 mg
->mg_allocator
[i
].mga_cur_max_alloc_queue_depth
=
8877 zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth
;
8879 slots_per_allocator
+= zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth
;
8882 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
8883 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&normal
->mc_alloc_slots
[i
]));
8884 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&special
->mc_alloc_slots
[i
]));
8885 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&dedup
->mc_alloc_slots
[i
]));
8886 normal
->mc_alloc_max_slots
[i
] = slots_per_allocator
;
8887 special
->mc_alloc_max_slots
[i
] = slots_per_allocator
;
8888 dedup
->mc_alloc_max_slots
[i
] = slots_per_allocator
;
8890 normal
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
8891 special
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
8892 dedup
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
8896 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8898 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
8900 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
8901 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
8902 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
8903 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vd
);
8905 if (vdev_indirect_should_condense(vd
)) {
8906 spa_condense_indirect_start_sync(vd
, tx
);
8913 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8915 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
8916 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
8917 uint64_t txg
= tx
->tx_txg
;
8918 bplist_t
*free_bpl
= &spa
->spa_free_bplist
[txg
& TXG_MASK
];
8921 int pass
= ++spa
->spa_sync_pass
;
8923 spa_sync_config_object(spa
, tx
);
8924 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa
, &spa
->spa_spares
, tx
,
8925 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, DMU_POOL_SPARES
);
8926 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa
, &spa
->spa_l2cache
, tx
,
8927 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE
);
8928 spa_errlog_sync(spa
, txg
);
8929 dsl_pool_sync(dp
, txg
);
8931 if (pass
< zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free
||
8932 spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP
)) {
8934 * If the log space map feature is active we don't
8935 * care about deferred frees and the deferred bpobj
8936 * as the log space map should effectively have the
8937 * same results (i.e. appending only to one object).
8939 spa_sync_frees(spa
, free_bpl
, tx
);
8942 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
8943 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
8945 ASSERT3U(pass
, >, 1);
8946 bplist_iterate(free_bpl
, bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb
,
8947 &spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
, tx
);
8951 dsl_scan_sync(dp
, tx
);
8953 spa_sync_upgrades(spa
, tx
);
8955 spa_flush_metaslabs(spa
, tx
);
8958 while ((vd
= txg_list_remove(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, txg
))
8963 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty because we could
8964 * have marked the MOS dirty without updating the uberblock
8965 * (e.g. if we have sync tasks but no dirty user data). We need
8966 * to check the uberblock's rootbp because it is updated if we
8967 * have synced out dirty data (though in this case the MOS will
8968 * most likely also be dirty due to second order effects, we
8969 * don't want to rely on that here).
8972 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_rootbp
.blk_birth
< txg
&&
8973 !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos
, txg
)) {
8975 * Nothing changed on the first pass, therefore this
8976 * TXG is a no-op. Avoid syncing deferred frees, so
8977 * that we can keep this TXG as a no-op.
8979 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_datasets
, txg
));
8980 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_dirs
, txg
));
8981 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_sync_tasks
, txg
));
8982 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_early_sync_tasks
, txg
));
8986 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa
, tx
);
8987 } while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos
, txg
));
8991 * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock) to
8992 * commit the transaction group.
8994 * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few random
8995 * top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the config cache
8996 * (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description). If there *are* dirty
8997 * vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
9000 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9002 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9003 uint64_t txg
= tx
->tx_txg
;
9009 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
9010 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
9012 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9014 if (list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) {
9015 vdev_t
*svd
[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
] = { NULL
};
9017 int children
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
9018 int c0
= spa_get_random(children
);
9020 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
9022 rvd
->vdev_child
[(c0
+ c
) % children
];
9024 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
9025 if (c
> 0 && svd
[0] == vd
)
9028 if (vd
->vdev_ms_array
== 0 ||
9030 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
9033 svd
[svdcount
++] = vd
;
9034 if (svdcount
== SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
)
9037 error
= vdev_config_sync(svd
, svdcount
, txg
);
9039 error
= vdev_config_sync(rvd
->vdev_child
,
9040 rvd
->vdev_children
, txg
);
9044 spa
->spa_last_synced_guid
= rvd
->vdev_guid
;
9046 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9050 zio_suspend(spa
, NULL
, ZIO_SUSPEND_IOERR
);
9051 zio_resume_wait(spa
);
9056 * Sync the specified transaction group. New blocks may be dirtied as
9057 * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
9060 spa_sync(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t txg
)
9064 VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa
));
9067 * Wait for i/os issued in open context that need to complete
9068 * before this txg syncs.
9070 (void) zio_wait(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[txg
& TXG_MASK
]);
9071 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[txg
& TXG_MASK
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
9075 * Lock out configuration changes.
9077 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9079 spa
->spa_syncing_txg
= txg
;
9080 spa
->spa_sync_pass
= 0;
9082 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
9083 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
9084 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa
->spa_alloc_trees
[i
]));
9085 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
9089 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
9090 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
9092 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9093 while (list_head(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
) != NULL
) {
9095 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
9096 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
9097 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
9098 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
9099 * into the root vdev tree.
9101 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9102 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
9103 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
)) != NULL
) {
9104 vdev_state_clean(vd
);
9105 vdev_config_dirty(vd
);
9107 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9108 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9110 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9112 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
9113 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, txg
);
9115 spa
->spa_sync_starttime
= gethrtime();
9116 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
9117 spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
= taskq_dispatch_delay(system_delay_taskq
,
9118 spa_deadman
, spa
, TQ_SLEEP
, ddi_get_lbolt() +
9119 NSEC_TO_TICK(spa
->spa_deadman_synctime
));
9122 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
9123 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
9125 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
&&
9126 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
) {
9127 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9130 for (i
= 0; i
< rvd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
9131 vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[i
];
9132 if (vd
->vdev_deflate_ratio
!= SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE
)
9135 if (i
== rvd
->vdev_children
) {
9136 spa
->spa_deflate
= TRUE
;
9137 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9138 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
,
9139 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_deflate
, tx
));
9143 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa
);
9145 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa
, tx
);
9147 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa
, tx
);
9150 if (!list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) {
9152 * Make sure that the number of ZAPs for all the vdevs matches
9153 * the number of ZAPs in the per-vdev ZAP list. This only gets
9154 * called if the config is dirty; otherwise there may be
9155 * outstanding AVZ operations that weren't completed in
9156 * spa_sync_config_object.
9158 uint64_t all_vdev_zap_entry_count
;
9159 ASSERT0(zap_count(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9160 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, &all_vdev_zap_entry_count
));
9161 ASSERT3U(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
), ==,
9162 all_vdev_zap_entry_count
);
9166 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
) {
9167 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_vdev_removal
->svr_bytes_done
[txg
& TXG_MASK
]);
9170 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa
, tx
);
9173 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
9174 spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
= 0;
9177 * Clear the dirty config list.
9179 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) != NULL
)
9180 vdev_config_clean(vd
);
9183 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
9184 * let it become visible to the config cache.
9186 if (spa
->spa_config_syncing
!= NULL
) {
9187 spa_config_set(spa
, spa
->spa_config_syncing
);
9188 spa
->spa_config_txg
= txg
;
9189 spa
->spa_config_syncing
= NULL
;
9192 dsl_pool_sync_done(dp
, txg
);
9194 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
9195 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
9196 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa
->spa_alloc_trees
[i
]));
9197 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
9201 * Update usable space statistics.
9203 while ((vd
= txg_list_remove(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, TXG_CLEAN(txg
)))
9205 vdev_sync_done(vd
, txg
);
9207 metaslab_class_evict_old(spa
->spa_normal_class
, txg
);
9208 metaslab_class_evict_old(spa
->spa_log_class
, txg
);
9210 spa_sync_close_syncing_log_sm(spa
);
9212 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
9215 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
9216 * since vdev_config_sync().
9218 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_datasets
, txg
));
9219 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_dirs
, txg
));
9220 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, txg
));
9222 while (zfs_pause_spa_sync
)
9225 spa
->spa_sync_pass
= 0;
9228 * Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at
9229 * the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg()
9230 * will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with
9231 * that txg has been completed.
9233 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
9234 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
9236 spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa
);
9239 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
9241 spa_async_dispatch(spa
);
9245 * Sync all pools. We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
9246 * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
9250 spa_sync_allpools(void)
9253 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9254 while ((spa
= spa_next(spa
)) != NULL
) {
9255 if (spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
||
9256 !spa_writeable(spa
) || spa_suspended(spa
))
9258 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
9259 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9260 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), 0);
9261 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9262 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9264 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9268 * ==========================================================================
9269 * Miscellaneous routines
9270 * ==========================================================================
9274 * Remove all pools in the system.
9282 * Remove all cached state. All pools should be closed now,
9283 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
9285 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9286 while ((spa
= spa_next(NULL
)) != NULL
) {
9288 * Stop async tasks. The async thread may need to detach
9289 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
9290 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
9292 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
9293 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9294 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
9295 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9296 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9298 if (spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
9300 spa_deactivate(spa
);
9304 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9308 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, boolean_t aux
)
9313 if ((vd
= vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, guid
)) != NULL
)
9317 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++) {
9318 vd
= spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
9319 if (vd
->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9323 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
9324 vd
= spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
9325 if (vd
->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9334 spa_upgrade(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t version
)
9336 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
9338 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
9341 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
9342 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
9345 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
));
9346 ASSERT3U(version
, >=, spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
);
9348 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
9349 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
9351 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
9353 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), 0);
9357 spa_has_spare(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
)
9361 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
9363 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
9364 if (sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9367 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_npending
; i
++) {
9368 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav
->sav_pending
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
9369 &spareguid
) == 0 && spareguid
== guid
)
9377 * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
9378 * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
9381 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t
*spa
)
9385 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
9387 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++) {
9388 if (spa_spare_exists(sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_guid
, &pool
,
9389 &refcnt
) && pool
!= 0ULL && pool
== spa_guid(spa
) &&
9398 spa_total_metaslabs(spa_t
*spa
)
9400 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9403 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
9404 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
9405 if (!vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
9407 m
+= vd
->vdev_ms_count
;
9413 * Notify any waiting threads that some activity has switched from being in-
9414 * progress to not-in-progress so that the thread can wake up and determine
9415 * whether it is finished waiting.
9418 spa_notify_waiters(spa_t
*spa
)
9421 * Acquiring spa_activities_lock here prevents the cv_broadcast from
9422 * happening between the waiting thread's check and cv_wait.
9424 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9425 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
);
9426 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9430 * Notify any waiting threads that the pool is exporting, and then block until
9431 * they are finished using the spa_t.
9434 spa_wake_waiters(spa_t
*spa
)
9436 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9437 spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
= B_TRUE
;
9438 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
);
9439 while (spa
->spa_waiters
!= 0)
9440 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_waiters_cv
, &spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9441 spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
= B_FALSE
;
9442 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9445 /* Whether the vdev or any of its descendants are being initialized/trimmed. */
9447 spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vdev_t
*vd
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
)
9449 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
9451 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, RW_READER
));
9452 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
));
9453 ASSERT(activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
||
9454 activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
);
9456 kmutex_t
*lock
= activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
?
9457 &vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
: &vd
->vdev_trim_lock
;
9459 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9461 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9463 boolean_t in_progress
= (activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
) ?
9464 (vd
->vdev_initialize_state
== VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
) :
9465 (vd
->vdev_trim_state
== VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
9471 for (int i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
9472 if (spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vd
->vdev_child
[i
],
9481 * If use_guid is true, this checks whether the vdev specified by guid is
9482 * being initialized/trimmed. Otherwise, it checks whether any vdev in the pool
9483 * is being initialized/trimmed. The caller must hold the config lock and
9484 * spa_activities_lock.
9487 spa_vdev_activity_in_progress(spa_t
*spa
, boolean_t use_guid
, uint64_t guid
,
9488 zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, boolean_t
*in_progress
)
9490 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9491 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9492 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9496 vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
9497 if (vd
== NULL
|| !vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
9498 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9502 vd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9505 *in_progress
= spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vd
, activity
);
9507 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9512 * Locking for waiting threads
9513 * ---------------------------
9515 * Waiting threads need a way to check whether a given activity is in progress,
9516 * and then, if it is, wait for it to complete. Each activity will have some
9517 * in-memory representation of the relevant on-disk state which can be used to
9518 * determine whether or not the activity is in progress. The in-memory state and
9519 * the locking used to protect it will be different for each activity, and may
9520 * not be suitable for use with a cvar (e.g., some state is protected by the
9521 * config lock). To allow waiting threads to wait without any races, another
9522 * lock, spa_activities_lock, is used.
9524 * When the state is checked, both the activity-specific lock (if there is one)
9525 * and spa_activities_lock are held. In some cases, the activity-specific lock
9526 * is acquired explicitly (e.g. the config lock). In others, the locking is
9527 * internal to some check (e.g. bpobj_is_empty). After checking, the waiting
9528 * thread releases the activity-specific lock and, if the activity is in
9529 * progress, then cv_waits using spa_activities_lock.
9531 * The waiting thread is woken when another thread, one completing some
9532 * activity, updates the state of the activity and then calls
9533 * spa_notify_waiters, which will cv_broadcast. This 'completing' thread only
9534 * needs to hold its activity-specific lock when updating the state, and this
9535 * lock can (but doesn't have to) be dropped before calling spa_notify_waiters.
9537 * Because spa_notify_waiters acquires spa_activities_lock before broadcasting,
9538 * and because it is held when the waiting thread checks the state of the
9539 * activity, it can never be the case that the completing thread both updates
9540 * the activity state and cv_broadcasts in between the waiting thread's check
9541 * and cv_wait. Thus, a waiting thread can never miss a wakeup.
9543 * In order to prevent deadlock, when the waiting thread does its check, in some
9544 * cases it will temporarily drop spa_activities_lock in order to acquire the
9545 * activity-specific lock. The order in which spa_activities_lock and the
9546 * activity specific lock are acquired in the waiting thread is determined by
9547 * the order in which they are acquired in the completing thread; if the
9548 * completing thread calls spa_notify_waiters with the activity-specific lock
9549 * held, then the waiting thread must also acquire the activity-specific lock
9554 spa_activity_in_progress(spa_t
*spa
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
,
9555 boolean_t use_tag
, uint64_t tag
, boolean_t
*in_progress
)
9559 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
));
9562 case ZPOOL_WAIT_CKPT_DISCARD
:
9564 (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
) &&
9565 zap_contains(spa_meta_objset(spa
),
9566 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
) ==
9569 case ZPOOL_WAIT_FREE
:
9570 *in_progress
= ((spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS
&&
9571 !bpobj_is_empty(&spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_free_bpobj
)) ||
9572 spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ASYNC_DESTROY
) ||
9573 spa_livelist_delete_check(spa
));
9575 case ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
:
9576 case ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
:
9577 error
= spa_vdev_activity_in_progress(spa
, use_tag
, tag
,
9578 activity
, in_progress
);
9580 case ZPOOL_WAIT_REPLACE
:
9581 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9582 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9583 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9585 *in_progress
= vdev_replace_in_progress(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
9586 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9588 case ZPOOL_WAIT_REMOVE
:
9589 *in_progress
= (spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_state
==
9592 case ZPOOL_WAIT_RESILVER
:
9593 if ((*in_progress
= vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)))
9596 case ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB
:
9598 boolean_t scanning
, paused
, is_scrub
;
9599 dsl_scan_t
*scn
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_scan
;
9601 is_scrub
= (scn
->scn_phys
.scn_func
== POOL_SCAN_SCRUB
);
9602 scanning
= (scn
->scn_phys
.scn_state
== DSS_SCANNING
);
9603 paused
= dsl_scan_is_paused_scrub(scn
);
9604 *in_progress
= (scanning
&& !paused
&&
9605 is_scrub
== (activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB
));
9609 panic("unrecognized value for activity %d", activity
);
9616 spa_wait_common(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
,
9617 boolean_t use_tag
, uint64_t tag
, boolean_t
*waited
)
9620 * The tag is used to distinguish between instances of an activity.
9621 * 'initialize' and 'trim' are the only activities that we use this for.
9622 * The other activities can only have a single instance in progress in a
9623 * pool at one time, making the tag unnecessary.
9625 * There can be multiple devices being replaced at once, but since they
9626 * all finish once resilvering finishes, we don't bother keeping track
9627 * of them individually, we just wait for them all to finish.
9629 if (use_tag
&& activity
!= ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
&&
9630 activity
!= ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
)
9633 if (activity
< 0 || activity
>= ZPOOL_WAIT_NUM_ACTIVITIES
)
9637 int error
= spa_open(pool
, &spa
, FTAG
);
9642 * Increment the spa's waiter count so that we can call spa_close and
9643 * still ensure that the spa_t doesn't get freed before this thread is
9644 * finished with it when the pool is exported. We want to call spa_close
9645 * before we start waiting because otherwise the additional ref would
9646 * prevent the pool from being exported or destroyed throughout the
9647 * potentially long wait.
9649 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9651 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9655 boolean_t in_progress
;
9656 error
= spa_activity_in_progress(spa
, activity
, use_tag
, tag
,
9659 if (error
|| !in_progress
|| spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
)
9664 if (cv_wait_sig(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
,
9665 &spa
->spa_activities_lock
) == 0) {
9672 cv_signal(&spa
->spa_waiters_cv
);
9673 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9679 * Wait for a particular instance of the specified activity to complete, where
9680 * the instance is identified by 'tag'
9683 spa_wait_tag(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, uint64_t tag
,
9686 return (spa_wait_common(pool
, activity
, B_TRUE
, tag
, waited
));
9690 * Wait for all instances of the specified activity complete
9693 spa_wait(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, boolean_t
*waited
)
9696 return (spa_wait_common(pool
, activity
, B_FALSE
, 0, waited
));
9700 spa_event_create(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
, nvlist_t
*hist_nvl
, const char *name
)
9702 sysevent_t
*ev
= NULL
;
9706 resource
= zfs_event_create(spa
, vd
, FM_SYSEVENT_CLASS
, name
, hist_nvl
);
9708 ev
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (sysevent_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
9709 ev
->resource
= resource
;
9716 spa_event_post(sysevent_t
*ev
)
9720 zfs_zevent_post(ev
->resource
, NULL
, zfs_zevent_post_cb
);
9721 kmem_free(ev
, sizeof (*ev
));
9727 * Post a zevent corresponding to the given sysevent. The 'name' must be one
9728 * of the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h. The payload will be
9729 * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev. This doesn't do anything
9730 * in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to misinterpret ztest
9731 * or zdb as real changes.
9734 spa_event_notify(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
, nvlist_t
*hist_nvl
, const char *name
)
9736 spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa
, vd
, hist_nvl
, name
));
9739 /* state manipulation functions */
9740 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open
);
9741 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open_rewind
);
9742 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_get_stats
);
9743 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_create
);
9744 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_import
);
9745 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_tryimport
);
9746 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_destroy
);
9747 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_export
);
9748 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_reset
);
9749 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_request
);
9750 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_suspend
);
9751 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_resume
);
9752 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_addref
);
9753 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_delref
);
9754 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stat_init
);
9755 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_get_stats
);
9757 /* device manipulation */
9758 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_add
);
9759 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_attach
);
9760 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_detach
);
9761 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setpath
);
9762 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setfru
);
9763 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_split_mirror
);
9765 /* spare statech is global across all pools) */
9766 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_add
);
9767 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_remove
);
9768 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_exists
);
9769 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_activate
);
9771 /* L2ARC statech is global across all pools) */
9772 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_add
);
9773 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_remove
);
9774 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_exists
);
9775 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_activate
);
9776 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_drop
);
9779 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan
);
9780 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stop
);
9783 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync
); /* only for DMU use */
9784 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync_allpools
);
9787 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_set
);
9788 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_get
);
9789 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_clear_bootfs
);
9791 /* asynchronous event notification */
9792 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_event_notify
);
9795 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_shift
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9796 "log2(fraction of arc that can be used by inflight I/Os when "
9797 "verifying pool during import");
9799 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_metadata
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9800 "Set to traverse metadata on pool import");
9802 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_data
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9803 "Set to traverse data on pool import");
9805 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_print_vdev_tree
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9806 "Print vdev tree to zfs_dbgmsg during pool import");
9808 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_zio
, zio_
, taskq_batch_pct
, UINT
, ZMOD_RD
,
9809 "Percentage of CPUs to run an IO worker thread");
9811 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs
, zfs_
, max_missing_tvds
, ULONG
, ZMOD_RW
,
9812 "Allow importing pool with up to this number of missing top-level "
9813 "vdevs (in read-only mode)");
9815 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, zthr_pause
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9816 "Set the livelist condense zthr to pause");
9818 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, sync_pause
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9819 "Set the livelist condense synctask to pause");
9821 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, sync_cancel
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9822 "Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the synctask");
9824 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, zthr_cancel
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9825 "Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the zthr function");
9827 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, new_alloc
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9828 "Whether extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a livelist entry while it "
9829 "was being condensed");